HGBooks December Kit 2018 by Hardie Grant Publishing

Key Titles December 2018

Green Nomads Wild Places Bob Brown and Paul Thomas Green Nomads Wild Places is a celebration of Australia’s wildness. The beauty of the landscape and the native fauna and flora depicted in Bob and Paul's photographs are powerful and stunning. Bob brings his own personal and insightful storytelling to the book, bringing to life Australia's uniqueness that will appeal to travellers, tourists, conservationists and all those that enjoy the wilderness.

DRAF T

C OV E R

When Bob Brown gave his home in Liffey (Tasmania) to Bush Heritage Australia he had no idea that it would be the start of a movement. Now, a number of beautiful places have become safe havens for Australia’s wild places. Bob Brown and Paul Thomas take us with them on their journey across Australia, visiting Bush Heritage sites and sharing the beauty and diversity they discover. Powerfully capturing the landscapes and spirit of Australia, it is a book for anyone interested in Australia's environment, or anyone looking for a beautiful landscape photography book. When someone next asks for a book of Australian photography, this is the perfect answer. Praise for Bob and Paul's previous book, Green Nomads:

Publication

01 December 2018

"Green Nomads can be compared with publications by other stalwart defenders of the world's ecological systems such as David Attenborough and the Prince of Wales." - Clyde Selby, Mercury

Binding

Hardback

"Green Nomads is … pretty much all that you could imagine: glorious" - Thuy On, Sunday Age

Price

AU$45.00

Author Details

ISBN

9781743794975

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Bob Brown was appointed director of the Tasmanian Wilderness Society in 1978 and led the campaign to prevent the construction of the Franklin Dam. In 1983 he became a member of Tasmania’s parliament and in 1992 he became a founding member of the Australian Greens. In 1996 he was elected to the Australian Senate and in following years he led the Australian Greens. He resigned from the Senate in 2012. His bestselling autobiographical bookOptimism was published in 2014. Bob Brown lives in Tasmania with his partner Paul, and continues to remain at the forefront of the movement to protect Australia's natural environment through the Bob Brown Foundation.

Category

Natural History

Format

243 x 203 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

full photographs colour throughout

• Bob Brown is the most well-known conservationist in Australia

Age Range

• A celebration of Australia's unique flora, fauna and landscape

Terms

SOR

• Unique photographs taken in isolated regions of Australia where few people have

Paul Thomas is a farmer and activist who stood for the Huon Valley Council in 1999 as the first endorsed Greens' local government candidates in Tasmania.

Key Information Also Available:

been, beginning on Tasmania's wild west, continuing on along the Great Australian Bight and coming home through the outback.

• The journey takes us through a number of states including: Tasmania, Victoria,

Australian Capital Territory, New South Wales, South Australia and Western Australia. Price AU$45.00 | NZ$49.99 ISBN

9781743790786

B O B B R O W N & PA U L T H O M A S

1 8 F E B R UAU RY â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 6 M A R C H

Little more than a century ago Bramble Cove was a whaling station in the great age of slaughter when Tasmania’s coastline ‘ran red with blood’ and ambergris was gold. WILD PLACES

TA S M A N I A

But for us the cove was full of charm and it was the Bull kelp that glowed gold at the margins of the cove.

Windborne sailed past the vertical Shanks and the arch in the Breaksea Islands as it entered the fjord-like Port Davey and anchored in the quiet haven of Bramble Cove.

The famous reflections of the Gordon River did not let us down.

WILD PLACES

TA S M A N I A

Crossing Macquarie Harbour, we passed the ruins of the 1828 convict prison on Sarah Island with the hulk of Frenchmans Cap now just 30 kilometres north on the northern skyline.

Cricket’s Summer of Change The season that defined Australia’s golden era SB Tang

C OV E R

The inside story of how, in the early 1990s, a handful of young men led Australian cricket from the deepest, darkest trough it had ever known back to the summit of world cricket as one of the most dominant and successful teams in the history of the sport.

DRAF T

A must-read for any cricket fan, Cricket's Summer of Change is the inside story of how Australian cricket rose to the summit of world cricket. The retirement of Dennis Lillee, Rod Marsh and Greg Chappell in 1984 was the beginning of the darkest time in the history of Australian cricket: a period of losses, with a team seemingly unable to pose a challenge to their opponents. But by the late 1980s, the tide was turning. A handful of young men began to lead Australian cricket out of its crisis. The events that transpired during the summer of '92–'93 would set Australian cricket up for the most glorious decade of its Test history: Steve Waugh would re-enter the Australian Test XI as a batsman; Dean Jones would be controversially dropped, never to return; Mark Taylor would captain Australia for the first time; Glenn McGrath would make his Shield and domestic one-day debuts for New South Wales; Shane Warne would take his maiden Test five-wicket haul and would, for the first time, win a Test match for his country in front of an Australian crowd; Damien Martyn and Justin Langer would make their Test debuts as 21- and 22-year-olds respectively; Michael Slater and Matthew Hayden — aged 22 and 21 respectively — would score the firstclass runs that would book them their plane tickets for the 1993 Ashes tour, and an 18-year-old Ricky Ponting would announce himself as the most promising batsman of his generation, scoring 782 first-class runs that summer at an average of 46. Cricket's Summer of Change is the story of how it all happened.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781743793220

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

16pp illos

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

Author Details SB Tang is a new voice in sports writing. He has written for ESPN Cricinfo , The Cricket Monthly, The Guardian , New Statesman , The New Daily, Wisden India and All Out Cricket. He has also written about food and travel for Roads & Kingdoms and SBS’s Feast Magazine. In March 2015, he won the Cricket Victoria Electronic Media Award for the most outstanding feature story, interview, news report or profile in an electronic medium. In April 2016, he was highly commended at the Western Australian Cricket Association Media Awards.

Key Information • •

The background story of the great Australian cricket team of 1995–2007. This book details the summer that became a key turning point in Australian cricket history and tells the story of the team's rise to success. In-depth and informative account that celebrates the greats of modern Australian cricket. Covers the key people, events and games that shaped the Australian team. Includes materials from interviews with cricket officials and former selectors and players.

•

SB Tang is an up-and-coming new voice in cricket history, he is well-connected in the media and this book will be well and widely received.

•

Marketing and publicity campaign on release with national coverage across TV, print and radio.

I Touched a Cat and I Liked it Anna Blandford A hilarious collection celebrating our sweet – and slightly crazy – obsession with cats.

DRAF T

C OV E R

How to tell if this book is for you: * Do you cross the street to pat a cat? * Do people always tag you in cat pictures on social media? * Do you have a cat shrine at your house? * Do you wish you were holding a cat right now and not this book? Then this book might just be for you! Discover the hidden benefit of having a cat sit on your lap, the growing trend of JOKO (the joy of kitting out), and what your cat is thinking when it gives you that look of disdain. This is the ultimate book for all cats and cat lovers: the quintessential cat lover, the extreme cat lover, the digital cat lover, and even the cat lover trapped inside a dog lover’s body.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Author Details

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781743793589

Anna Blandford grew up in Gippsland, Victoria, on a large sheep farm. Her passions growing up were climbing trees, drawing and hanging out with her cats.

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Humour

Anna and Gareth live in Melbourne with their two small kids, Clyde and Dougie, and their cat, Bubsy.

Format

210 x 170 mm 128pp

Key Information

Extent Illustrations

Full Colour Illustrations

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

After years of travel and a few short-lived careers, Anna and her husband, Gareth, created a greeting card and giftware business called Able and Game. Anna’s job now involves trying to create the perfect greeting card, but she prefers to describe it as ‘full-time cat illustration’.

• •

Cat lovers will love the funny and insightful illustrations. A whimsical and funny take on the cult-like cat culture. Anna's popular card and stationery brand, Able and Game, has over 15k followers across social media and is stocked around the world. Small package and great price makes this a great gift for cat lovers.

Cats have night-vision laser eyes.

Behind a cat’s ear is the area that contains the softest, silkiest fur.

The safe patting zone: you can usually pat most cats on their backs and they’ll be very happy with this.

Whiskers help determine how wide cats are so they can avoid the embarrassment of the clumsy reverse.

Sometimes when a cat is sitting down and their tail moves it looks like a strange furry snake.

The back legs are in the patting danger zone – many cats do not like to be patted here. Cat’s paws are super cute, but they also contain the danger spikes.

The belly sag is known as the ‘primordial pouch’ – it’s used to protect their internal organs during a fight.

How do you let the world know you’re a cat lover? By decking yourself out in as much cat paraphanalia as you can.

PAWHOUSE PURRHOUSE

KITTIES EMPURRIUM

If it’s got a cat on it, I’m buying it.

COMPURRST

Text

alternate names for cat breeds

BASIC ECONOMY FUR CAT

WOOLLY CURLY LONG BOB

HAIRLESS GOBLIN

BASIC EXTRA FUR CAT

RUDDERLESS PUDDING PAL ROTUND FLUFFY PUFF HEFTY CAT BEAST

HIRSUTE FELINE CREATURE

PRINCESS FLUFF-BAE 36

MINI EXOTIC JUNGLE CAT

FLAT-EAR BUBBLE PLOP 37

7000 Islands Cherished Recipes and Stories from the Philippines Yasmin Newman

C OV E R

In this collection of more than one hundred recipes, Yasmin Newman takes a culinary journey through the Philippines and uncovers an intriguing nation of 7107 islands where the people’s love of eating is as big as their hearts.

DRAF T

Filipino food can be seen through the prism of its colourful and unique history – with influences from Spain, China, Mexico and the US adding to the cuisine’s rich texture. From mouth-watering savoury dishes to decadent desserts, and every soup and snack in between, the food of the Philippines holds a unique place in the world, and is just waiting to be discovered.

Author Details Yasmin Newman is a food and travel writer, photographer and presenter, as well as the author of two critically acclaimed cookbooks. In The Desserts of New York (And How to Eat Them All) , she packs up her family for a food lover’s adventure in one of the world’s most iconic cities. In 7000 Islands , she shares all the personal memories, cultural insights and beloved recipes that have made the book a global favourite. Born to a Filipino mother and Australian father, Yasmin lives with her young family on the Central Coast, just north of Sydney, and travels regularly to the Philippines.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781743794913

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

No Series

•

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

253 x 203 mm

Extent

336pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

Great for foodies of all standards with an interest in different cuisines. As Yasmin Newman uncovers, this nation of 7107 islands is an intriguing land full of varied influences. As much a snapshot of a country's unique cuisine – in words and pictures – as it is a hardworking cookbook for food lovers.

ALSO AVAILABLE BY YASMIN NEWMAN

Price AU$39.99 | NZ $44.99 ISBN 9781743792124

Zero Fucks Endless Summer Good Food Great Times Yumi Stynes

As a follow-up to Yumi Stynes' successful first book, The Zero Fucks Cookbook, Zero Fucks Endless Summer continues in her signature style – with sass and attitude and excellent ideas for food that is delicious and kind to your body, but does not call for hours in the kitchen. Across 90 recipes, Yumi celebrates one of the things she loves most about Australia, which is the incredible quality and when you are accessibility of good produce and the fact that because it tastes so good, it is shamelessly easy to work with. Even . running on zero fucks .

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781743795088

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

240 x 210

Extent

208 pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The book contains eight chapters: No Cook Wonders (from salad to slaw to silken tofu); Endless Barbecue (a Yumi speciality, whatever the weather); Dips & Bits (for young kids and old); Oh Crap, It's Dinner Time (because that is the refrain of multi-taskers the world over); Sweet Miracles (exhibit A = Goddess Loaf); On With The Oven; and Low Stress Impress (because entertaining is meant to be fun). As well, she will share wisdom and ideas based on some of her favourite food topics: Eating all the Colours; Barbecue Know-How; Stocking the Pantry; Surviving Celebrations. And more! Ultimately, it is food that makes you feel good, food that celebrates the yumminess inherent in simple ingredients, food that encourages a 'no worries' attitude.

Author Details Yumi Stynes is a writer, author, broadcaster, television presenter, food fanatic, former cook, fitness enthusiast and mother-of-four. Among her daily responsibilities she presents a national radio show on the KIIS network called The 3pm Pickup. She hosts an ABC podcast calledLadies, We Need to Talk, which has consistently rated at number 1 on the iTunes charts, and zeroes in on forbidden conversations that women need to have. In Yumi's busy life she has always been and remains the only cook in her household and thus quite an expert in inclusive and easy food. Taking her zero f*cks approach, she manages to make good food that keeps them all thriving without allowing it to be at the expense of her own precious leisure time.

Key Information

Publication Binding Price

01 December 2018 Flexibound AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781743795088

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

240 x 210 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

National publicity campaign with features, interviews and extracts with national women's and lifestyle media e.g. Women's Day, Mamamia, Kidspot, Women's Weekly, Delicious.

•

Key marketing and publicity title with inclusion in Mother's Day genre advertising including First Pages (50,000 readership) & Christmas essentials BLAD.

•

Trade wide gift with purchase available (beach ball), as well as posters and other POS.

•

Advertising across Kidspot, Mamamia and other parenting and cooking sites.

•

The book is ideally placed to appeal to a super broad audience ( because who doesn't know the feeling of juggling work and life?) and still wanting to put good food on the table at the end of the day. Its audience includes: o Food lovers – this is NOT a book that seeks to diminish the importance of a good meal, simply one that celebrates the joys of it coming together easily. o Busy mothers or fathers who are trying to work and feed their kids good food. o People who care about what they eat and want to feel good • This book is not simply for summer but can be used all year round.

ALSO AVAILABLE BY YUMI STYNES

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781743793947

NO-COOK WONDERS .8 ENDLESS BARBEQUE .34 DIPS & BITS .62 OH CR*P! IT'S DINNER TIME .88 DIY BYO SWEETS .114 ON WITH THE OVEN .132 LOW-STRESS IMPRESS .152 SWEET MIRACLES .182

INDEX .204 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS .208 NEED TO REQUEST HR

k o o N co

s n o W der

There’s a line in a Nick Cave song, 'I don’t believe in an interventionist God'. Sometimes when I’m throwing together a meal, that song comes into my head with the words changed to, 'I don’t believe in interventionist food'. (Sincere apologies to uncle Nick.)

One of the pillars of the Zero Fucks eating philosophy is to eat raw food with every meal. This is not so much for health reasons (although there's that) but because there are many foods that taste great just as they are. Like salad leaves. Delicious. Or avocado. My favourite! What about figs, pears, cucumber… or cabbage, carrot and mango? The list goes on. Let’s face it, when you have access to good produce, you can eat incredible food with the bare minimum of interventionist fucks given. And if you really are stuck in an endless summer, why not avoid the hellish heat of the stove top?

FIGS ON TOAST Figs are one of the most beautiful, sexy, weird and polarising foods there is. They are also a sign from nature that summer is well and truly on your skin and in your skin and in your mouth and hair and all over the place – and if you haven’t had a sandy bed at least once yet, you need to hurry up and get your arse to the beach. I love figs. Here is a luxurious way with them that makes the most both of the fruit’s assets and your need to not fuck around too much because you have some urgent ocean swimming to do. Serves 4 Cooking time: none | Prep time: 2 mins plus toasting Have 4 big plates on standby. Take your cheese out of the fridge and allow it to warm to room temperature (if you have time). Trim the woody ends off the figs then halve them lengthways. Pop the bread in the toaster. As soon as it jumps out of the toaster, spread the cheese quickly over the toast. Top each slice with three fig halves and serve with hot tea.

250 G (9 OZ) COTTAGE CHEESE OR A CREAMY BLUE CHEESE (E.G. GORGONZOLA) 6 BIG FAT FIGS 4 SLICES BEST-QUALITY SEEDY BREAD

TIPS 1. Swap the cheese for peanut butter for something bonkers. 2. This is a lot of fig for a small amount of bread, which is exactly how it should be.

No-cook Wonders | 13

BoBwQ-how Kn How often should you wash your barbecue plates?

Pretty often. I’m not uptight about it but I wash my plates every four cooks and always before I cook for vegetarians.

How can I make my meat taste better on the barbie?

Meat abuse is a widespread barbecue problem, with the most common crime being overcooking. A timer could change your life, but only if you use it. So set a timer and STICK TO IT.

Anything else?

Yes. Always bring meat to room temperature before cooking it, barbecue or otherwise. It makes a huge difference.

How can I make barbecue veggies sexier?

Barbecued veggies already are sexy, so if yours aren’t, may I suggest you are either undercooking them, or slathering them in meat grease, which no one wants. Aim for hot, fast and fresh. (Tip for rookies: lemon juice can freshen up almost anything. Add a generous squeeze at the end of cooking and see.)

Talk me through a T-bone…

Ah, the T-bone. This particular steak is a work of art – the way the bone holds the meat together and lends it flavour and structure… beautiful. To cook one, first bring it to room temp and get the barbie HOT. Dash a bit of oil over the surface area of the meat followed by a sprinkle of salt, then get it on the heat and immediately set your timer for 3 minutes. Turn the steak and give it another 21/2 minutes. Rest and serve.

Anything else?

Yes. Make a glorious green salad to accompany your barbecue (try the one on page 16) and have a good loaf of bread with great butter to hand and you scientifically can’t actually fuck it up.

36 | Zero F*cks Endless Summer

BARBECUED CORN ON THE COB WITH SEAWEED BUTTER I gag when non-Japanese chefs come up with wacky things to do to Japanese ingredients, like putting wasabi into ice cream. Gross. This, however, does not apply to nori seaweed. It’s delicious, mainstream, easy-to-find and rich in iron, so get among it. I love the way this dish adds more vegetables to a barbecue, while any left-over butter can be used on whole baked potatoes or steak. If making up your own nori butter like this feels like giving too many fucks, then you can always serve it with lots of the cold, regular stuff, but mate, give it a go – it’s strange and blackish looking and you're totally going to make weird 'num num' noises while eating it. Serves 6 Cooking time: 30 mins | Prep time: 5 mins To make the seaweed butter, add the seaweed to a very dry, clean food processor and blend it into tiny flakes. Add the butter, lemon zest and salt and give it one last whizz, then scrape it into a small serving bowl. Cover with plastic wrap and refrigerate until needed. (This can be done up to 5 days in advance.) When you’re ready to cook your corn, get the barbecue nice and hot. Lay the corn cobs out on the barbecue chargrill plate and cook for about 30 minutes, rotating the cobs about 60° every 5 minutes or so. At this point the corn should look charred in places and have taken on a vivid shiny, deeper yellow colour (it looks duller when not cooked.) Don’t sweat the details too much – the corn is pretty forgiving and continues to taste good even after some terrible neglect. Transfer the corn to a heated plate and cover with foil to keep warm. When ready to serve, use a knife to spread the seaweed butter all over the cooked corn, working quickly. Sprinkle with shichimi togarashi and/or sesame seeds, if you like, and serve immediately.

TIPS 1. Nori is the seaweed commonly used in sushi rolls and is not to be confused with wakame seaweed (which traditionally is wetter, for soup or salad use). It can go stale easily so I like to use single-serve packets in this recipe. (To avoid it going stale my mum stores hers in the freezer.) 2. Barbecued corn takes longer to cook than you’d think so start with plenty of time and don’t freak out if it gets a little black in places – it’s tasty that way. I get my kids to use a timer and they are the bosses of this dish. 3. Shichimi togarashi is a commonly available Japanese condiment used like pepper, which adds a chilli kick. 38 | Zero F*cks Endless Summer

6 CORN COBS, HUSKS REMOVED SHICHIMI TOGARASHI, TO SERVE (OPTIONAL) BLACK AND WHITE SESAME SEEDS, TO SERVE (OPTIONAL) SEAWEED BUTTER 2 SINGLE-SERVE PACKETS OF NORI SEAWEED (ABOUT 10 G/ 1/2 OZ IN TOTAL) 100 G (31/2 OZ) BUTTER, AT ROOM TEMPERATURE ZEST OF 1/2 LEMON 1/4 TEASPOON SALT

SPECIAL OFFER AVAILABLE! ZERO FUCKS ENDLESS SUMMER x8

PACK GTIN: 9349685010036 10 copy pack: • 8 x copies of Zero Fucks Endless Summer • 2 x copies of Zero Fucks Cookbook • 8 x beach balls! All with 50% discount

Price AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

Price

ISBN 9781743795088

ISBN

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00 9781743793947

AU RRP: $399.90 With discount: $199.95 NZ RRP: $450.00 With discount: $225.00

Image representative only

The Happiness Collection Domonique Bertolucci

Now for the first time, the bestselling 'Life Lessons' series from life and happiness coach Dominique Bertolucci can be purchased as a complete set in this beautiful gift edition slipcase! This gorgeous set of 4 books includes all of your favourite Bertolucci titles: · The Happiness Code · 100 Days Happier · Less is More · The Kindness Pact Happiness begins with a choice. Small changes in the way you think and act can enhance your wellbeing and the way · you feel about yourself. Domonique Bertolucci’s Happiness Collection unlocks the secrets to living your best life. Follow Domonique’s simple keys, inspirational tips and real-life examples to build your confidence and self-esteem, practice kindness, improve your health and happiness, reduce stress and enjoy the things that really matter in life.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Boxed Set

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781743795071

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Self help

Format

179 x 125 mm

Extent

868pp

Illustrations

N/A

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Author Details Domonique Bertolucci is the founding director of the Domonique Bertolucci Company, which delivers a range of coaching development programs to both the general public and companies interested in building performance and wellbeing. She is active professional speaker and regularly delivers keynote presentations and seminars on how to get the get the life you really want to live. Born in Australia, Domonique now divides her time between London and Sydney. Her very popular website and blog is www. domoniquebertolucci.com

Key Information •

•

Dominique Bertolucci’s life lessons series are bestsellers (combined sales stats to come) and each title in the series continues to sell in large numbers internationally. A beautifully designed slipcase edition makes the perfect gift or self purchase, even keep some and gift the rest. These titles merchandise beautifully and look great in store and on shelf Dominique Bertolucci is internationally recognised as a successful life coach and happiness expert Amazing value! Each book is worth $19.99, so combined slipcase is fantastic value! This collection includes:

Voyages of Discovery A visual celebration of ten of the greatest natural history expeditions Tony Rice

Voyages of Discovery is a mesmerising visual record of ten of the world’s most significant natural history expeditions. Superb artworks and photographs spanning three centuries document advances and watersheds in the field of natural science. The stories behind these images – of explorers, naturalists, artists and photographers – entwine into a fascinating study of human achievement and natural wonder. Among the many stories of adventure and great scientific endeavour are: Sir Hans Sloane’s journey to Jamaica in 1687; James Cook’s perilous Pacific crossings; and Darwin’s historic voyage aboard HMS Beagle .

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$39.99

ISBN

9780565094430

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local Buy Ins

Series

Category

Natural History

Format

230 x 175 mm

•

Extent

336pp

•

Illustrations

Colour throughout

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Hand-picked from the vast Library of the Natural History Museum, London, the illustrations and artworks contained here form a rare collection, most of which have been presented for the first time in this stunning book.

Author Details Tony Rice received a PhD in Marine Biology from the University of Liverpool. He worked as curator of crustacea at the Natural History Museum, London, then spent 26 years leading the deep-sea benthic biology team at the Natural Environment Research Council’s Institute of Oceanographic Sciences. He now concentrates on writing books and acting as a marine environmental consultant.

Key Information New hardback edition with refreshed format Includes breathtaking images from the Library of the Natural History Museum, London Introduction by broadcaster, author and naturalist David Bellamy

Wildlife Photographer of the Year Portfolio 28 Natural History Museum

DRAF T

C OV E R

Each year the Wildlife Photographer of the Year exhibition is seen by millions through a global tour and international media coverage. Portfolio 28 displays the full collection of 100 images awarded in the 2018 competition. Selected by an international jury for their artistic merit and originality from over 45,000 entries, they represent the work of 95 nationalities. Displaying different styles, techniques and ways of seeing, the collection is both a showcase for photographers who specialise in documenting the natural world and a celebration of nature.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$54.99

ISBN

9780565094287

Each picture is accompanied by the story of how it was taken and what it reveals. The divisions are by subject – whether plants or animals, environment or landscape – and photographic genre, including portraiture, black and white and underwater. There are also special awards for young and up-and-coming photographers and, most important, for environmental and conservation stories, reminding us of our dependence on and conflicting attitudes towards nature.

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Author Details

Imprint

HG Local Buy Ins

Series

Wildlife Photographer of the Year is a world-famous showcase for the very best in wildlife photography. The competition has been running for more than 50 years.

Category

Animals

Format

254 x 250 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

100 colour images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

The latest unforgettable collection of award-winning images from this hugely popular series The portfolio book sells over 30,000 copies around the world each year Photographs seen by millions through global exhibition tour and international media coverage

30-Minute Vegetarian 100 Green Recipes to Prep in 30 Minutes or Less Ylva Bergqvist

C OV E R

100 easy and delicious vegetarian recipes for any night of the week.

DRAF T

In 30-Minute Vegetarian Swedish chef and food blogger Ylva Bergqvist explores the virtues of living and eating green. The concept is simple, ease your way into a mostly or full vegetable-forward diet by cooking dishes that are quick to prepare and impossible to resist. Half of the recipes in the book are completely vegan, the other half are vegetarian (primarily including dairy and egg products with tips on how to swap ingredients for a vegan diet. Also included are basic recipes for making pantry and fridge basics, like paneer, kimchi and falafel to use as building blocks for other recipes.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781784881863

With the help of this book you’ll be getting a satisfying, vegetable-forward dinner the table in half an hour or less.

Publisher

Hardie Grant UK

Author Details

Imprint

Shared Title: HG London

Ylva Bergqvist is a recipe developer, food stylist, author and trained chef.

Series

Key Information

Category

Food & Drink

Format

250 x 195 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The dishes are inspired by cuisines from around the world, including Italy, Asia, the Middle East and Mexico. Indulge in Pasta with Carrot Sauce and Buttery Hazelnuts or Cauliflower Soup with Curry-fried Apples and Seeds or whip up Shakshuka with Kidney Beans and Tahini or Portobello Burgers with Truffle Bean Cream for speedy weeknight supper.

• • • • •

Easy vegetarian meals to prepare, all with exciting flavour combinations All recipes take under 30 minutes to prepare Vegan alternatives are given for all the recipes Perfect for incorporating more vegetables into busy lives Green and vegetarian cookbooks are on trend and in demand.

How to Draw a Unicorn and Other Cute Animals With simple shapes and 5 steps Lulu Mayo Learn to draw a whole host of cute animal characters in Lulu Mayo’s unique and quirky style, using simple shapes and 5 easy-tofollow steps. From a cuddly panda and a jolly llama to a chilled-out sloth and a unique unicorn, there are over 30 drawing exercises to complete. This book will show the reader how to draw quirky, cute animals in a wonderfully easy and inspiring way. Step-by-step, illustrator Lulu Mayo will explain how to draw various creatures by using simple shapes, such as circles, ovals, rectangles and triangles, and how to add adorable details. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781782439394

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

230 x 180 mm

Extent

64pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

•

Age Range

9 and up

Terms

SOR

The book contains 30 of these doodling exercises, featuring animals such as rabbits, owls, foxes – not forgetting a unicorn! Its easiness, simplicity, and quirkiness will resonate with animal lovers, artists and doodle enthusiasts of all skill levels and ages. Absorbing and fun, it will ignite doodler’s curiosity and inspire them to experiment creatively.

Author Details Lulu Mayo is an award-winning illustrator with an eye for the quirky and idiosyncratic. Her work is energetic and often contains humorous and fantastical elements. She studied for a Masters degree in illustration at the University of the Arts London and has designed greeting cards, posters, editorials, window displays and much more.

Key Information

•

This book is designed for animal lovers, doodle enthusiasts and artists of all skill levels and ages. The idea of using simple shapes to draw animals is easy and engaging, even for people having difficulty drawing. Some “how to draw” books are very obscure and serious: in contrast, How to Draw a Unicorn and Other Cute Animals is easy to understand and follow. Even if you’ve never drawn anything before, Lulu Mayo will inspire you to get started! Because of the artist’s fun and light-hearted approach, the book will appeal to animal lovers who have never picked up a pencil. Meanwhile, more experienced doodlers will love getting to grips with the cute details. Recognisable, quirky style Lulu Mayo’s adorable and instantly recognised style will resonate with audiences of all ages. From the illustrator of the Million series which has sold 310k copies in the US alone and the series was translated in 15 languages

UNICORN

Use these shapes to create more unicorns.

1. bean shape & oval

2. oval ear & four ovals for legs

3. cone for horn & curly hair

4. dot for eye, nose & curly tail

5. add colour.

It's your turn.

ANTEATER

Now it's your turn. Why not try a funky pattern pattern for your anteater's fur?

1. rectangle & curved triangle

2. nose, eye, two ovals for ears & long tail Collared anteater

3. four triangles for feet

Silky anteater

4. add markings on body Giant anteater

5. finish with colour.

Fill the tree with more cute and cuddly sloths.

SLOTH

1. circle & rectangle

2. long sausages for arms

hiiiiiiiiyaaaaaa... 3. add thin triangles for legs & claws

5. finish with a snazzy outfit if you like.

4. heart-shaped face & cute expression

Sketch your sloth.

The Magical Unicorn Society Official Colouring Book Oana Befort Calling all unicorn enthusiasts, it’s time to get creative and colour your favourite mythical creatures in The Magical Unicorn Society Colouring Book. Bring unicorns to life and add colour and sparkle to the seven unicorn families from The Magical Unicorn Society Official Handbook. The esteemed Society records all there is to know about unicorns and has shared some of its favourite facts and images in this wonderful collection. With beautiful artwork from Oana Befort and Harry and Zanna Goldhawk (Papio Press), this book encourages the reader to dream big and be more unicorn. Perfect for anyone who truly believes and wants to keep the unicorn magic alive.

Author Details Oana Befort, is a Romanian-born graphic artist, freelance illustrator, wife and mother of two based in the Midwest, United States. Her mixed media illustrations are inspired by the natural world, her love of flora and fauna, folk motifs, nostalgia, sunlight and everyday life. She is a graduate of the National University of Arts in Bucharest, Romania, where she earned a Master’s Degree in Graphic Design and Visual Communication. She has previously worked with Anthropologie and Urban Outfitters and illustrated some pages for the Michael O’Mara title RHS Colouring Diary.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781789290561

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Child Picture

•

Format

246 x 189 mm

•

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

b&w illustrations

Age Range

6 and up

Terms

SOR

Harry and Zanna Goldhawk are a husband and wife illustrating team working from their seaside cottage in Cornwall. They take huge inspiration from colour and nature, and split their time between illustrating beautiful books, and designing gorgeous products for their business Papio Press.

Key Information

• •

Colouring book based on The Magical Unicorn Society Official Handbook. Breathtaking black and white line artwork from Harry and Zanna Goldhawk of Papio Press (www.papiopress.co.uk) and Oana Befort (oanabefort.com). Beautiful production values and bronze foil cover finish – excellent value for a beautiful package. Unicorns are very on trend and hotly in demand right now, this book is highly anticipated.

The Gold Unicorn and the Silver Unicorn

MAGICAL UNICORN COLOURING SPREADS.indd 2-3

15/06/2018 15:41

Water Moon unicorns live in and beside water. You will find them on the banks of rivers, lakes and on the shores of oceans around the world. This pair of Water Moons were seen in Egypt, drinking from the River Nile.

MAGICAL UNICORN COLOURING SPREADS.indd 4-5

15/06/2018 15:41

Pies & Tarts For all seasons Annie Rigg Your one-stop guide to sweet and savoury pies and tarts for every season and every occasion. This stunning cookbook contains 100 mouth-watering recipes for pies and tarts, themed by size: individual tartlets and handheld pies, medium ones for lunch and dinner, and big, celebratory pies for larger gatherings. Pies and tarts can be guilty pleasures, crowd pleasers, seasonal winners and heroes of the picnic or lunchbox. It’s impossible to think of an autumnal lunch without apple pie, a summer feast without a glorious berry tart, or a birthday without a showstopping chocolate tart. These classics, given a contemporary spin, sit happily alongside recipes for empanadas, lattice-topped pies, slumps, and galettes.

Publication

01 December 2018

There are sweet and savoury recipes for every season, and ideas for super decorative pastry-work, as popularised on Instagram. The book also includes pastry-making tips and tricks, and building-block recipes for a variety of doughs and crusts, to help get you started.

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781787131873

Annie Rigg is a bestselling author and ghost writer of numerous cookbooks. She regularly writes for leading food publications such as Jamie, Waitrose Food and Sainsbury's magazines. As a food stylist, she is in high demand and has worked on more than 150 cookbooks on subjects as diverse as Korean streetfood and gluten-free baking.

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Key Information

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

•

Series

•

Category

Food & Drink

Format

247 x 173 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

100 recipes for pies and tarts in all shapes and sizes, with a delicious mixture of sweet and savoury recipes Pies and tarts are the ultimate in autumnal comfort food and the celebration of glorious summer produce Fancy pastry work is a top Instagram food trend Includes several pastry recipes, including gluten-free option

Crystal Magic 16 Notecards & Envelopes Yulia Van Doren 16 crystal-themed boxed notecards for love, strength and happiness This enchanting boxed set contains 16 stunning crystal-themed notecards with matching envelopes. The 4 different designs celebrate the transformative power of crystals. The cards are blank inside so can be used for any occasion. The reverse features explanatory text about different crystals, rituals and crystal care.

Author Details Yulia Van Doren is a Grammy-nominated musician and sound healer. Her work has received extensive international acclaim, including features by the New York Times, Financial Times and Huffington Post, among many others. Passionate about holistic wellness, Yulia launched Goldirocks, a modern crystal brand, via Instagram in 2015. With a unique focus on presenting crystal healing in a modern, accessible and relatable style, Goldirocks has rapidly risen in popularity to became one of the most visible crystal brands, with a loyal following of celebrities and holistic wellness gurus. Yulia presents workshops, performances, and private healing sessions worldwide and is based in Northern California. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Notecards

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787132597

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

180 x 140 mm

Extent

16pp

Illustrations

Box with separate lid; 16 cards with matching envelopes secured with a belly band.

Age Range

Terms

Key Information • • • •

A follow-up stationery item to the bestselling book, Crystals: The Modern Guide to Crystal Healing (over 16k sales since publication) The perfect gift for anyone interested in crystals Author’s Instagram feed has 35k followers @goldirocks Ties into the now-age trend sweeping the globe.

ALSO AVAILABLE BY YULLA VAN DOREN

Price AU$19.99 | NZ$21.99 ISBN 9781787130357

Mood Journal: I Am... Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Turn the wheel to share your current mood whether you’re “hungover”, “inspired” or somewhere in between. I AM: • • • • • • • • Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787132191

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

210 x 148 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

4c illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

tired hungover inspired stressed up for it loved up angry happy

Hardback journal with a wheel affixed to the front cover via a rivet. 128 internal dot matrix/lined pages.

Author Details Personalise your journal and express your mood with the new, interactive Mood Journal range. A rotating die-cut wheel on the front cover enables you to share your feelings or desires at that particular moment in time. Feeling “stressed” or simply “over it”? Need “me time” or “cake”? Whatever your current mood, let your journal do the talking.

Key Information • Fresh, simple and modern design. • Unusual, interactive cover.

LOVED UP

D E

HAPPY

STRESSED

HUNGOVER

Mood Journal: I Need... Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Turn the wheel to share your current mood whether you need "a drink”, “me time” or something in between. I NEED: • a drink • sleep • kisses • cake • freedom • me time • energy • change Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787132207

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

210 x 148 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

4c illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

Hardback journal with a wheel affixed to the front cover via a rivet. 128 internal dot matrix/lined pages.

Key Information • Fresh, simple and modern design. • Unusual, interactive cover.

CAKE

CHANGE

A IN

K SLEEP

NEED

ME TIME

Antonio Carluccio: The Collection Antonio Carluccio Capturing Antonio's simple, joyful and no-fuss approach to cooking, this exceptional book, with over 300 of his best recipes, provides a unique culinary journey covering every aspect of the Italian meal from antipasti to dolci and featuring mouthwatering dishes from each of Italy's distinct culinary regions. The Godfather of Italian food, Antonio Carluccio is an internationally acclaimed cook whose worldwide book sales number in the millions and whose television series have screened in over 20 countries. Now, for the first time, he has brought together over 300 of his best recipes to form this ultimate compilation. Capturing Antonio's simple, joyful and no-fuss approach to cooking, this exceptional book provides a unique culinary journey covering every aspect of the Italian meal from antipasti to dolci and featuring mouthwatering dishes from each of Italy's distinct culinary regions. It is packed with stunning photographs and infused with Antonio's characteristic voice and style. Antonio's recipes are always beautifully simple and bursting with flavour, and now that they're collected into one stunning volume, you won't need to scramble between your cookbooks for your favourite recipes ever again. With only the very best recipes drawn from seven of his best-selling cookbooks, Antonio Carluccio: The Collection is bound to become the most significant Italian cookbook of its generation. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$39.99

ISBN

9781787133563

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

280 x 220 mm

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

Over 300 colour photographs

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

Author Details Commendatore Antonio Carluccio (1937-2017) was an OBE, OMRI and a much loved and respected Italian cookery writer, cook, restaurateur, food expert and loved TV personality, he was regarded as the Godfather of Italian cooking. Raised in the rural North West of Italy, Antonio had a rare and privileged breadth of culinary knowledge. Antonio was appointed Commendatore by the Italian Government in 1998 for services rendered to Italy, the equivalent of a British knighthood. He also received an OBE from The Queen in 2007 for services to the catering industry. Antonio was awarded the AA Hospitality Lifetime Achievement award in 2012. Winners of this award are congratulated for making significant contributions to their industry, which have had a notable impact, and have demonstrated a lifetime commitment to progress in their field.

Key Information •

•

An absorbing and highly personal account of cooking which celebrates the life and work of one of the world’s leading authorities on Italian food A collection of over 300 of Antonio's best recipes with stunning photography Includes fascinating information on regional culinary traditions, specialities and ingredients Carluccio’s books have sold thousands of copies worldwide

How to be Vegan and Keep Your Friends Annie Nichols Be a better vegan with 50 incredible recipes, plus 50 tips and tricks for eating in, eating out and living vegan. You're being healthy, considerate to the planet and compassionate toward animals – so why is it so hard to navigate life as a vegan? From going out for dinner, to staying in with friends, it can be a challenge to cook, eat and socialise vegan in a world of carnivores. How to be Vegan and Keep Your Friends helps you to go about your life without compromises, excuses or apologies. Instead, you'll be armed with 50 incredible recipes you can cook for yourself, your friends and your family (without hearing any complaints!), as well as 50 tips, tricks and hacks for being a better more easygoing vegan. Your options will open up, you'll enjoy a whole new menu of food, and your friends… well, they'll never have a bad word to say again!

Author Details Annie Nichols is a leading food writer and stylist based in England. Trained as a chef, she has worked in restaurants around the world and run a successful and innovative vegan supperclub in Margate. She's the author of five cookbooks, including Dinner at Mine, and has been a columnist for Stella Magazine , as well as contributing to magazines and publishers including Waitrose Food , FT Weekend, Square Peg and Octopus.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787132740

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

•

Series

Keep Your Friends

•

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 160 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

Modern, fresh publishing aimed at people in their 20s/30s – 42% of all vegans are aged 15–34 Restaurant consultancy group Baum + Whiteman in New York said “plant-based” will be the food trend of 2018 Just Eat named veganism as a top consumer trend in 2018 — due to a 94% increase in “healthy food ordered” Celebrities reportedly vegan include: Natalie Portman, Beyonce, Brad Pitt, Ellie Goulding, Jennifer Lopez and… Stevie Wonder, just to name a few.

“A philosophy and way of living which seeks to exclude – as far as is possible and practicable – all forms of exploitation of, and cruelty to, animals for food, clothing or any other purpose; and by extension, promotes the development and use of animal-free alternatives for the benefit of humans, animals and the environment. In dietary terms it denotes the practice of dispensing with all products derived wholly or partly from animals.”

Like any philosophy, it is open to interpretation. So the first rule of being vegan and keeping your friends is: there are no

Vegan, your way There are millions of vegans around the world, yet no two are the same. Not only do their diets vary, but also their take on veganism – from intensely ethical and/or political, to a straightforward preference for plant-based food.

The Vegan Society in England established the term ‘vegan’ in 1944 by amalgamating the first and last letters of the word ‘vegetarian’ and deleting the bits in between (how apt), and over the years it has refined its definition for the lifestyle choice. Today, it reads:

rules. There is no one way; there is not right way. Be true to you. Do veganism the way you choose to; apply your take.

Consider this book as a kitchen tool – to help you cook food that is delicious, shareable, snackable and devoid of ‘sacrifice’ – but also as an inspiration for living vegan and happy. From eating out and socialising in a world of carnivores to having your pals over for dinner.

Your options should open up, you’ll enjoy a whole new menu of food, and your friends… well, they’ll never have a bad word to say again!

Get yourself a couple of coconuts and make your own rich and creamy milk – you’ll never go back to cartons again.

Fresh Coconut Milk MAKES ABOUT 400ML / 14FL OZ

2 mature (brown) coconuts

Preheat oven to 200˚C / 400˚C / gas mark 6. Drain the water out of each of the coconuts by piercing the two soft eyes on the coconut shell. Reserve the water either to drink, or you can add it to the first pressing, later. Place the coconuts in the oven for 20–30 minutes. This will cause the shell to crack and make them easier to break open. Allow to cool a little and then, holding the coconut in a cloth, use something heavy like a hammer to crack it open. Opening it this way allows you to get the flesh out easily. Repeat with the other coconut. Remove all of the coconut shell and discard. Break the pieces of coconut flesh into the jug of a blender or food processor with about 300ml / 1¼ cups warm water and whiz until fine.

Pour the coconut mixture through a sieve (strainer) lined with a piece of muslin (cheesecloth), then gather up the cloth and squeeze out the milk into a jug (pitcher) or bowl. This first pressing should be rich and creamy. Place the leftover coconut, still wrapped in its muslin, in a bowl of warm water and leave to soak for an hour, then squeeze the muslin again over another jug or bowl to extract a second pressing of milk. The first pressing is better used for cooking as it is much richer and creamier, the second pressing is really good to drink. You can keep the milks separate or mix together. Place the coconut milk in fridge until chilled. It will keep for 4–5 days.

Tofu Tikka / Beetroot Curry SERVES 4–6

1 red chilli, deseeded and

MARINADED TOFU

finely chopped

2tsp ground coriander

6 green cardamom pods,

1tsp ground cumin

crushed

½tsp ground cloves

1tsp ground cumin

1tsp paprika

1 cinnamon stick

1tsp turmeric

finely grated zest and juice of

2tsp garam masala

1 orange

juice and finely grated zest of

400g / 14oz can chopped

1 lemon

tomatoes

1 red onion, roughly chopped

400ml/13½fl oz can coconut

4 cloves garlic, crushed

milk

5cm / 2in piece ginger,

1 litre / 4½ cups vegetable

roughly chopped

stock

1–2 red chillies, deseeded and

8 raw beetroot (beets), with

finely chopped or 1tsp dried

leaves if possible, peeled and

chilli flakes

cut into large chunks

1 x 400g / 14oz can coconut

juice of 4 limes or 2 lemons,

milk

or a mix of both

1tsp salt

1tbsp palm or light brown

1kg / 2¼lb firm tofu

sugar, plus extra to taste

(beancurd), cut into 2 x 4cm

small bunch of fresh

/ ¾ x 1½in pieces

coriander (cilantro), chopped

CURRY

4tbsp vegetable oil

salt and freshly ground black pepper

12 curry leaves, optional

TO SERVE

4 cloves garlic, crushed

handful of cashews, peanuts

75g / 8oz piece fresh ginger,

or pecans, toasted and

peeled and finely grated

crushed

Halva Cake / Peanut (& Chickpea) Praline MAKES 1 X 23CM / 9IN CAKE

2 x 400g / 14oz cans chickpeas (garbanzos) 200g / 7oz coconut oil 100g / ¾ cup unsalted, raw, skinned peanuts 200g / ½ cup plus 1tbsp golden caster (superfine) sugar 250g / 2 cups spelt flour, white or wholemeal pinch of salt 2tsp baking powder 2tsp vanilla extract or paste 100g / 1 cup ground almonds or ground peanuts 200g / 7 oz hulled hemp seeds 100g / 3½oz vegan halva, crumbled vegan yoghurt, to serve, optional

The praline in this recipe is very versatile. You could make it separately and once cold, break into pieces and serve as a petit four, grind it until fine to sprinkle on desserts or whiz up in a smoothie. Drain the chickpeas (garbanzos), reserving the water. Line a 23 x 30cm / 9 x 12in baking sheet with parchment paper and use a little of the coconut oil to grease and line a 23cm / 9 in round cake tin with parchment paper. To make the praline, place the skinned peanuts and 100g / ½ cup of the sugar in a small heavy-based pan. Heat gently until the sugar melts, stirring frequently. Continue to cook, stirring occasionally, until the sugar turns a deep golden brown or reaches 165˚C /330˚F on a sugar thermometer. Stir in one-third of the drained chickpeas. Remove from the heat immediately and pour onto the lined baking sheet. Spread out in a single layer and leave to cool. When the praline has hardened (after about ½ an hour), break into small pieces. Preheat the oven to 180˚C / 360˚F / gas mark 4. To make the cake, sift the spelt flour, salt and baking powder into a large mixing bowl, tipping in any bits left in the sieve (strainer). Whiz the remaining drained chickpeas in a food processor until very smooth, then scrape into a large bowl with a spatula.

14:00

Explore Australia by Caravan & Motorhome (6th ed) Brendan Batty

DRAF T

C OV E R

In a paperback for easy in-car reference, this is the ultimate guidebook for the free-spirited caravan traveller.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$50.00 | NZ$55.00

ISBN

9781741175523

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

Guides

Series

Category

Travel

Format

280 x 217 mm

Extent

400pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Now in its sixth edition, Explore Australia by Caravan and Motorhome has everything you need to know about caravan and motorhome trips in Australia, whether it’s the dream lap or just excellent weekends away. This ever-popular caravanning bible has been completely revised and updated, with details on the routes to take, the best things to see and the most stunning places to park your caravan, wherever you want to travel in Australia. To make it even easier to find the best place to stay, each section now contains a list of the greatest caravan parks specially curated by the author. Every listing contains handy symbols that have all the important information, such as whether the park is dog-friendly or has a dump point available. There are also symbols to make it easy to see at a glance if a park is a member of a major caravan organisation (BIG4, Top Tourist Parks, Family Parks and Kui Parks). There’s also a detailed guide to preparing yourself, and your caravan or motorhome, for time on the road with tips on packing, safety, towing and how to find the best camps and the cheapest fuel.

Author Details Brendan Batty has spent the last ten years travelling Australia by caravan, motorhome and four-wheel drive, both in his role as editor of a number of Australia’s premier caravanning and camping magazines, as well as plenty of family trips with his wife and their three young children. The longest of these trips, over nine months, covered roughly 25,000km and took them to some of the most amazing places in Australia. A passionate lover of older caravans (his own is a 1981 Viscount Grand Tourer), campsites where there’s somewhere to surf or the fishing is great (or both!), he’s crossed Australia in everything from a beat-up, old Nissan Patrol to the latest, full-featured motorhomes. He’s fixed both on the side of the road with fishing wire. Currently managing editor and owner of ROAM magazine, he’s also been editor of Australian Caravan+RV , as well as a number of magazines on four-wheel driving, camping and camper trailers.

Key Information • • • •

New author Brendan Batty brings many years of experience in the caravanning industry to this update, following the retirement of previous authors John and Jan Tait. Each touring section now contains a curated list of the best caravan parks for easy reference, and all are pinpointed in the 60-page atlas section at the back of the book. More destinations are covered in the touring guides than ever before. Now contains easy-to-read symbols for caravan park facilities, such as dog-friendly parks.

THE DREAM LAP

A lap of Australia is one of the country’s greatest travelling experiences, and one that largely follows the National Highway – a 14,000-kilometre journey that links capital cities and provincial centres through the five mainland states and the Northern Territory. You can start the journey at any point along the highway and make detours or take shortcuts on many of the connecting inland highways as well. There are almost endless interesting towns, national parks and other attractions to see, and some people spend years trying to see it all. Although the highway is a major road for most of its length, conditions very greatly. It ranges from two-lane country roads to eight-lane super highways. There’s even a roughly 630-kilometre section, between Normanton in Queensland and Booroloola in the Northern Territory which is largely unsealed, mostly restricted to four-wheel drives and only open in the dry season. The Dream Lap will take your through the densely populated east coast, over the long and lonely Nullarbor Plain, through mining and outback areas, farming country, fishing towns and into some of Australia’s most beautiful environments. You will see forests, deserts, cities and sea. Whether you have a month, to see some of it, or a year to try it all, travelling around the coastal regions of Australia is an unforgettable experience.

MELBOURNE TO PHILLIP ISLAND

of the circuit, offers regular hot laps and has a History of Motorsport museum that looks through the history of motor racing on the island. Fees apply for all attractions. (03) 5952 9400, Back Beach Road, Phillip Island.

NEED TO KNOW 

232km



Foreshore camping reserves, family caravan resorts.



Spring, Summer and Autumn



Beachfront camping, Phillip Island.



Apart from the traffic exiting Melbourne, the roads are great.



This route travels through a densely populated part of Victoria and all facilities and services are available.



None

INTRODUCTION From the extensive foreshore campgrounds of the Mornington Peninsula to the wild beaches, historic fishing villages and spectacular stretches of bushland that typify the Gippsland and Phillip Island, this stretch of coast, just south and east of Melbourne, is an area congested with great things to do, excellent camping and interesting history.

 WHERE TO GO The Mornington Peninsula, or just ‘the Peninsula’ to locals, is an incredibly popular holiday destination, especially in summer. Along the beaches at Rosebud, Rye and Sorrento the shire manages three great camping reserves. It’s almost always entirely booked out between Christmas and when school returns, but throughout the rest of the year is quiet and a great base for exploring the area’s great restaurants (my favourite is the Milbri in Rosebud), the greater peninsula, or just relaxing by the beach. The Peninsula is considered a golfers’ paradise, with 14 different courses scattered across it, although the highlight is the course at Flinders for its uninterrupted views over the ocean. The peninsula is also 10

 DON’T MISS  19 holes – Flinders Golf Club Whether you’re into golf or not, the Flinders Golf Club has some of the most dramatic views over Bass Strait and Western Port. You can drive or walk the perimeter of the course and there are numerous places to stop and admire the view, with access to a few of the beaches too. The course itself just over 5km long with a par 69 and is open to the public seven days a week. The licensed clubhouse is open Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday and Sunday. Bass Street, Flinders, (03) 5989 0583.

The heart of Melbourne, Federation Square

increasingly becoming known as a food and wine destination, with an established wine and farmgate trail, and over 50 cellar doors, distillers and breweries. If you’re not interested in battling Melbourne’s traffic to head west along the Great Ocean Road, the Sorrento to Queenscliff ferry runs daily across the mouth of Port Phillip, turning what can be a three hour, 200km trip into a pleasant 12km boat ride. From the Peninsula to Phillip Island, a trip of around an hour and a half, you’ll follow the shores of Western Port (which is actually to the east of Port Phillip Bay, but was named by George Bass on his 1798 expedition and was the most westerly point they reached). A rich wetland listed in the RANSAR convention, there is plenty of opportunities for boating and bird watching and the chance of seeing seals and dolphins. Phillip Island is best known for its penguin colony (I can still remember visiting as a young child when there was far less regulation around it, too) and Grand Prix Circuit. Before you get to the island, though stop at the Maru Koala and Animal Park where you’ll get the chance to meet a koala and feed native animals and take a break in San Remo – it always amazes me how fast the tide rushes through the passage between

the mainland and Phillip Island. There’s also an excellent fisherman’s coop here, selling seafood that’s come off the boat the night before. Phillip Island is renowned for its wildlife experiences which include the famous little penguin colony, a wild koala viewing platform, Victoria’s largest fur seal colony, bird watching and whale sightings between May and October. The Nobbies Centre and boardwalk is one of the best places to see Phillip Island in all its glory during the day. Strolling along the board walk gives you the opportunity to see an amazing blowhole that’s most impressive during large southern swells, or wander through sea bird gardens where its not uncommon to see penguins. The nightly penguin parades require pre-booking, but there are a range of experiences, including an underground viewing where you watch the parade from a bunker with the penguins passing at eye level. More up-close tours are available in smaller groups to private beaches, too. Fees apply and bookings are essential. Book online at penguins.org.au or call (03) 5951 2800 The Grand Prix circuit is an attraction in itself, even when there’s no racing on. It hosts a 760 metre, scale replica go-kart track

EXPLORE AUSTRALIA BY CARAVAN & MOTORHOME

 A local character – Phillip Island Wines Increasingly becoming known for its wine and food attractions, cellar doors like Phillip Island Wines are a great way to meet local characters. Proprietor, Tim O’Brian is a real character who’s never short of a story or a laugh. He’s also a great source of local information and I’ve often asked his advice on what’s best on the island.  A scenic detour – Yarra Valley and Mount Dandenong The scenic Yarra Valley, about an hour’s drive north-east of Melbourne is responsible for some of Australia’s best cool-climate wines and has some incredible day use areas, like Badger Weir Picnic Ground which is set amongst a stunning Mountain Ash forest with the prettiest little creek ever running through it. Likewise, Mount Dandenong is great day-trip location filled with enchanting European style gardens and great food stops along the way.

 MAKING THE MOST OF MELBOURNE Melbourne’s CBD is one of the easiest cities to explore on foot or by public transport thanks to its extensive tram network and grid-like city plan. If you’re visiting and planning on spending a few days or more in Melbourne, get a myki Explorer card, which is the prepaid, reusable ticket to all of Victoria’s public transport network. It comes with a ready to use card and handy maps to help show you around. Well known for its great shopping, laneway bars and eateries it’s the sort of place you come to indulge in good food, great art and a little bit of shopping. For the caravan afficionado’s I suggest making your way to Chuckle Park Bar and Café on Little Collins Street, which is a great little cocktail joint serving from a vintage Franklin caravan.

WHERE TO STAY 1 BIG4 Melbourne Holiday Park

4 Anchor Belle Holiday Park

 2 Robinsons Rd, Frankston South 3199  (03) 5971 2333  big4mphp.com.au This is a good quality park in the far outer, south-eastern suburbs of Melbourne. It is a great base for those exploring the Mornington Peninsula or those connecting with the Sorrento to Queenscliff ferry. Bookings are required in peak periods.

 272 Church St, Cowes VIC 3922  (03) 5952 2258  anchorbelle.com.au A great family holiday destination, this park is just 100 metres from the beach and 2km from the town centre.

2 Rosebud Foreshore Campground  1380 Point Nepean Rd, Rosebud 3939  (03) 5950 1011  mornpen.vic.gov.au This is the largest part of an extensive area of foreshore camping areas spread across 13km of beachfront in three different sections. Most sites are grassy and large with plenty of shade. The facilities are basic, but kept clean. In summer, this is an exceptionally busy camping area, and people often set up for the whole Christmas period.

3 Point Leo Beach Reserve  Point Leo Ring Road, Point Leo, 3916  pointleo.com Another Mornington Peninsula foreshore camping area, but this one on the eastern shore. A smaller area. There are over 160 sites, 45 of which are powered. The facilities here are basic, but clean and well-kept. A ballot system works for peak times. THE DREAM LAP

5 BIG4 Melbourne Holiday Park  2 Robinsons Rd, Frankston South 3199  (03) 5971 2333  big4mphp.com.au This is a good quality park in the far outer, south-eastern suburbs of Melbourne. It is a great base for those exploring the Mornington Peninsula or those connecting with the Sorrento to Queenscliff ferry. Bookings are required in peak periods.

6 Rosebud Foreshore Campground  1380 Point Nepean Rd, Rosebud 3939  (03) 5950 1011  mornpen.vic.gov.au This is the largest part of an extensive area of foreshore camping areas spread across 13km of beachfront in three different sections. Most sites are grassy and large with plenty of shade. The facilities are basic, but kept clean. In summer, this is an exceptionally busy camping area, and people often set up for the whole Christmas period.

Urban Scrawl Street Art Text in the City Lou Chamberlin

DRAF T

C OV E R

A celebration of the world's best typographic street art. Street art is now a recognised art form that can be thought-provoking, compassionate, political, humorous or shocking. And although we are bombarded by words every day, it's somehow more appealing when these words are placed on the street by artists rather than advertisers. Urban Scrawl documents some of the world's most interesting street-art words and typography, from formal typography to angsty scrawl, presented in a small-format hardback that’s perfect for any gift or self-purchase. Photographer and street-art lover Lou Chamberlin has travelled from Warsaw to London, Tokyo to New York, Cape Town to Santiago, and within her home country of Australia, in search of the world's most intriguing street art. Her photographs capture these works at a moment in time, documenting and celebrating the ever-changing street art scene.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781741176346

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

General

Lou Chamberlin is an artist, author and arts educator. For more than 10 years Lou has been photographing and chronicling international street art.Urban Scrawl is the fifth book she has published on this topic, followingBurn City, Street Art: International, Street Art: Australia and Street Art: Melbourne . By visually preserving various forms of creative expression in photos, Lou contributes to a greater appreciation of the role street art plays in the cultural life of cities around the world. She has been teaching and writing about art for more than 20 years.

Series

Key Information

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

160 x 180 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details

• • • •

Most street art books are highly priced, large-format art books. This title is accessible in form, price and content, for those who are new to street art through to aficionados. Chapters include Love and Hate, LOL (humour), Words of Wisdom, Social Critique (featuring street art that comments on poverty, gender, war and the environment) and Street Sign Interventions. Photos feature street art from Australia, the USA, Canada, the UK, Ireland, France, Belgium, the Netherlands, Spain, Germany, Portugal, Sweden, Norway, Denmark, Poland, South Africa, Brazil, Chile, New Zealand, UAE, Japan and India. Comparative titles: Happy Graffiti (Cassell, 2013).

“IS THE ANSWER LOVE?” Well, that depends on the question, doesn’t it? The enormous wall in on the opposite page was painted by D*Face, a British artist whose vintage comic book-style images can be found around the globe. Love is a common theme in his work, as are these characters – death in the midst of life, both sad and romantic. The two walls on this page have answered his question the same way. Ruben Rojas, a co-founder of Beautify Earth (an agency in Los Angeles that encourages social responsibility through art) uses maximum contrast to add strength to the simple statement. The version is Sydney is gutsy and raw.

VERSO: D*Face, Wynwood, Miami, USA, 2017 RECTO TOP: Ruben Rojas, Los Angeles, USA, 2017 RECTO BOTTOM: Unknown artist, Sydney, Australia, 2016

URBAN SCRAWL

LOVE & HATE

THESE images show us that street art doesn’t always take itself seriously. While Banksy is using dark humour for serious social commentary in his home town of Bristol, the unsigned stencil on Bondi’s graffiti wall reflects the street art community’s appreciation of Banksy’s anonymity and sense of humour. VERSO TOP LEFT: Lushsux, West Melbourne, Australia, 2018 VERSO TOP RIGHT: Zabou, London, United Kingdom, 2015 VERSO BOTTOM: Silent Bill, Melbourne CBD, 2018 RECTO LEFT: Unknown artist, Bondi, Sydney, 2016 RECTO RIGHT: Banksy, Bristol, United Kingdom, 2015

URBAN SCRAWL

On the opposite page, we can see three artists make statements in their very different styles. Like Banksy, Melbourne-based artist Lushsux also prefers to remain anonymous. His warning to graffiti cleaners uses a collage technique we recognise from crime fiction. Silent Bill is an international artist collective that uses the subtitle ‘The Secret Society of Super Villain Artists’. They use humour in their paste-ups to draw attention to community attitudes. French artist Zabou is based in London and creates aerosol work with a wry vintage quality.

LOL 2

WORDS OF WISDOM We are bombarded by words. But sometimes, just sometimes, they are ‘words of wisdom’. We might look up and see Abraham Lincoln reminding us that it’s our own attitudes that create our sense of wellbeing and happiness. Or we might glimpse out of of the corner of our eye a tiny sticker that reminds us that life is full of bumps. Both are true. Such words of wisdom can often be found in unexpected places – at the beach, on rooftops, even scrawled on fire hydrants and bridge stanchions. The message can be gentle and heartfelt, flippant or profound. It might give hope and encouragement or advice and caution. It might encourage us to give thanks for what we have and inspire us to think bigger. You will read quotations from scholars and celebrities on the following pages. You will also see misquotations – these are often as engaging as the quotes of the famous. Sometimes they are inadvertant but when they are done with humorous intent, they can make us laugh out loud or, like the poignant stencils of MaisMenos, encourage us to ponder the difficult things in life.

Both the imposing statement and the humble message have the ability to reward the observant passerby. While we might not agree with the comments or their sentiments, they do give us pause for thought, and may even warm our hearts and make us smile. What more could we want? VERSO: Trek Thunder Kelly, Los Angeles, USA, 2017 RECTO: Unknown artist, Los Angeles, 2018

ALSO AVAILABLE BY LOU CHAMBERLIN:

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$44.99

Price

AU$44.99 | NZ$49.99

Price

AU$44.99 | NZ$49.99

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781741174311

ISBN

9781741174847

ISBN

9781741174854

ISBN

9781741175394

BTS Icons of K-pop Adrian Besley BTS is the breakthrough K-pop band. For the first time, this unofficial biography tells the story of the Korean boy band with a global army of fans, who have propelled their heroes to the top of the charts all over the world. Seven good-looking boys – Jin, Suga, J-Hope, RM, Jimin, V and Jungkook – who can dance as well as they can sing, are tearing up the global music charts. Nothing new? Think again. BTS, who rose to fame in their native South Korea in 2013 and who sing almost entirely in Korean, are now a sensation in the US, the UK, Australia and the rest of the world. K-pop is a growing phenomenon in the West. Over the last three years, it’s steadily garnered a huge following among social-mediasavvy teen girls. With their clean-cut good looks, fabulously choreographed and perfectly executed dance moves, and catchy blend of pop, soft hip hop and RnB, BTS are leading the advance. Extensively researched, and written in an upbeat and accessible style, this book interweaves the success stories of each of the boys with how the band got together, while documenting their amazing rise to fame in Southeast Asia, and then the world. It includes 16 pages of full colour photographs of the band playing live, posing and having fun.

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781782439684

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

•

Format

234 x 153 mm

•

Extent

224pp

•

Illustrations

16 colour pp plates

Age Range

Terms

SOR

After working as a copywriter at the BBC, Adrian Besley became a freelance writer. He has written many successful non-fiction titles, including the recent official Monty Python Hidden Secrets, which told the story of Monty Python through artefacts from the archives; boy band biography 5 Seconds of Summer Confidential; a series of top-selling YouTube books such as YouTube World Records ; and various humour titles such as The Retrosexual Manual (which made Amazon’s top 100 best sellers), The Dangerous Book for Idiots and How to Fart at School .

Key Information •

• • • • •

The first ever biography of this popular boy band, this book will appeal to BTS’s huge and incredibly enthusiastic fanbase who have turned their favourite band into global superstars. BTS's latest album ‘Love Yourself: Her’ reached No. 1 in the iTunes chart in the UK and over 70 other countries They were recently profiled in US Vogue – the first K-pop band to be granted such an honour The music video for their recent single 'DNA' has had nearly 260 million views on YouTube since September 2017 The music video for 'MIC Drop ft. Steve Aoki' has had over 140 million views on YouTube since December 2017 They won the 2017 Billboard Music Award for 'Top Social Artist', beating Justin Bieber, Ariana Grande and Selena Gomez Listed by Forbes as the most retweeted artist on Twitter in March 2016 – and their fanbase has ballooned since then Named in Time magazine's 'Top 25 Most Influential People on the Internet 2017' list The boys recently embarked on a sold-out tour across the globe, with 40 dates across Asia, North America, South America and Australia

-3WE ARE BULLETPROOF

o you remember where you were on 13 June 2013? It was a Thursday and you were probably tucked up in bed dreaming but, as you slept, on the other side of the world in Seoul, South Korea, seven guys were hitting the stage on

a TV music show. BTS was happening. 13 June: one day it’ll be an international holiday, but let’s rewind a little … Out in Korea, intriguing rumours had been emerging for some time about a fresh new sound. With his extensive experience in the K-pop business, Big Hit Entertainment CEO Bang Si-Hyuk knew just how to build excitement for a new act: back in 2012, Big Hit had launched a blog that announced the impending arrival of Bangtan Sonyeondan,

introduced

the

band

members and showcased their photos to those early followers. Word was out: Big Hit had a rap/hip hop group in the making. On 17 December 2012, a YouTube account was created and a video of Rap Monster’s version of Kanye West’s

‘Word was out: Big Hit had a rap/hip hop group in the making.’ 37

BTS: ICONS OF K-POP

‘Power’ was uploaded. This was soon followed by another RM rap,

very personal lyrics. They talked of the dark side of school life: the

‘Let’s Introduce BANGTAN ROOM’. They’re still up on YouTube

bullying, and the fears of those who don’t protect the bullied in

– watch the latter for a very cool cameo from Jin. And then came

case the same thing happens to them. Rap Mon is sporting the new

a Christmas present, as Big Hit supremo Bang Si-Hyuk, using

dreadlocks he had put in for New Year (he takes them out at the

his stage name Hitman Bang, introduced ‘A Typical Trainee’s

end of January) and he is reminded of this video in September 2016

Christmas’. This half a song, with a self-edited video, was a teaser

when the others surprise him by playing it as part of his birthday

for his Big Hit auditions. Once again, Rap Mon takes the mic,

celebrations.

but this time Jin and Suga, who had been recruited at a previous audition, take a turn.

Through the early months of the year, the BTS members who have already been revealed regularly sat down in the studio to

On watching the video, it’s apparent that these boys aren’t

record their diary entries. In these vlogs they were usually alone on

playing the game. The lyrics are a statement of intent. Here’s a group

screen, although we learned that, of course, other group members

who aren’t afraid to answer back to their record company; who are

were sometimes out of shot, pulling faces and teasing them. These

ready to reveal exactly how life is for the idol in training. While Jin

videos really began to give us an idea of what BTS were going to be

sweetly covers the opening of the 1984 Wham! hit ‘Last Christmas’,

about. Frank and open, funny and sensitive, they were ready to talk

the rap line complains of a lonely Christmas of endless practice and

to their fans about anything – and that included their insecurities

even asks how the group are supposed to write love songs when, in

and their anxieties.

the run-up to their debut, they are forbidden girlfriends.

WE ARE BULLETPROOF

In one of his videos, Rap Monster

Just a few days before, on 17 December, BTS had entered the

tells us not only that he has a new

Twittersphere with the promise that the lead-up to their debut

hairstyle and some new clothes, but also

would be full of fun exploits. Who would have thought that in just

that he’s upset to have been told that Big

a few years they would dominate Twitter! It was almost 2013 and

Hit doesn’t believe he’ll make it as a full-

BTS were out there – if you were a K-pop fan and were paying

on rapper. He’s slowly getting used to the

attention.

fact that he must leave his tough rap style

In 2012, Rap Monster and Suga had uploaded a number of covers

behind and embrace mainstream pop

and tracks to Soundcloud, and in January 2013 a new song found

music. On 8 January, he complains that

its way on to YouTube. A simply but artfully shot film employing

he’s unable to come up with rap lines –

a black background and extreme close-ups showed Rap Monster,

he’s exhausted, cold, wants to go home

Suga and Jin rapping. ‘School of Tears’ used the beats and flow of

and isn’t feeling inspired – but he knows

Kendrick Lamar’s ‘Swimming Pools’, but the trio sang their own,

the company expects him to come up

‘They were ready to talk to their fans about anything – and that included their insecurities and their anxieties.’ 39

BTS: ICONS OF K-POP

with something, so he is willing to keep trying. In Jin’s vlog, he

into the ground. Having gone home, seen their families, slept and

speaks of being away from home and having to look after himself,

eaten well for a couple of days, they returned refreshed for what

and we can see the first signs of his interest in cooking. Then an

they realized was the home straight. Their debut is finally in sight

adorably shy Jimin appears to do his first vlog and, having teased

and this came across in their vlogs: they were excited and all re-

the others while they recorded theirs, can’t think of anything to say.

dedicated themselves to the BTS cause. Hard work was the mantra:

In early February, Jungkook made his first log entry. It’s his

we will work even harder to build a better Bangtan!

graduation day and he says he knows he should be happy but,

Through April and May, more exhausted Bangtan boys

as the maknae (the youngest in the group, still only fifteen years

appeared, telling of final choreography practices, recording tracks

old), he expresses just how homesick he feels – a heartbreaking

and filming. It was getting closer! In his 14 May vlog, Rap Monster

entry. J-Hope is more upbeat as he states his pre-debut goals of

marked the shooting of his first-ever music video as the end of their

making his rapping cooler and his dancing more professional, but

long trainee life. Then, a few days later, they all appeared together

throughout the early entries, often recorded late at night or in the

for the first time in a group vlog, talking about their video filming

early hours of the morning after a long day’s hard work, the boys

and reading out support messages from fans, adding that, although

do seem very tired, still quite shy and perhaps rather overwhelmed

it is still nearly a month away, this would be the last vlog before

by the position they find themselves in.

they debut.

The release of the joyous ‘Graduation Song’ video was therefore

Okay. They all appear together, but attentive ARMY will know

oh so welcome. Jungkook, Jimin and J-Hope stepped forward to

there was one key member missing. Taehyung, otherwise known

take their turn in the limelight. And boy did they shine – in and

as V, was notable for his absence throughout the vlogs and videos.

out of their school uniforms. Their snappy light-rap song covered

V had been part of BTS for over two years, training, singing and

Snoop Dogg, Wiz Khalifa and Bruno Mars’ ‘Young, Wild and Free’.

dancing with the others, but he was never announced; he wasn’t

The witty and upbeat replacement lyrics, written by J-Hope and

able to post a diary entry of his own and the others couldn’t mention

rapper Supreme Boi, celebrated the end of school and the freedoms

him. Poor V! He was the secret weapon and, in a clever play by Big

of adult life. Even then, though, the debut was on their mind – in

Hit, knowledge of his existence was held back for maximum effect.

one line, J-Hope even asksed the boss if debuting is really meant to

When he was finally allowed to post vlogs of his own, V

be this tough?

WE ARE BULLETPROOF

explained that he had been a full member of the group for a long

The Lunar New Year, called Seollal, is a big deal in Korea.

time. He had gone to RM and Jungkook’s graduations, his back

In 2013 it fell on 10 February. Like Thanksgiving in the US, it’s

had appeared in Jimin’s selfie (everyone had assumed it was

traditional to spend time with your family and it couldn’t have

Jungkook) and Jimin had even taken his school uniform (while V

come at a better time for seven boys who had worked themselves

was sleeping!) to wear in the ‘Graduation Song’ video. V admitted 41

BTS: ICONS OF K-POP

to being upset that he couldn’t post diary entries like the others,

All the pictures showed the members in their b-boys and bad

confessing he would sometimes sit by himself and pretend to do a

boys gear: all leathers and logos, skate wear and sports gear. J-Hope

vlog, and – as if that isn’t sad enough – as they were recording their

was in a studded mask; RM had shades, a medallion and dollar-sign

final pre-debut group vlog, V was actually in the room, standing in

cane; Suga wielded a skateboard; Jungkook wore a hockey mask

the corner keeping out of shot!

and gold hand-bone jewellery; Jimin was cute in his basketball kit;

Debut is make or break time for K-pop groups and the pressure

Jin looked every bit the b-boy in his backwards baseball cap and

was building. For some this is the satisfying culmination of three

baggy shorts; and V posed in his black leather like the coolest kid

years of unrelenting hard work; for others it is simply incredibly

in school. It was a look we would see again.

nerve-wracking, but as the big day approached it was the group’s

The training had finished for now. The teasers had been shown.

spirit that saw them through – the experience of the hyungs (older

The countdown was over. It was time. BTS, meet the world …

members of the group) and the cheekiness of the maknae (younger

World, meet BTS. Their debut showcase took place on 12 June at

members).

the Ilchi Art Hall in Cheongdam-dong, in the Gangnam area of

On 21 May 2013, a countdown-to-debut clock was revealed

the city. But it was the following day that counted, when the band

on the website and the debut trailer released. It was a forty-five-

appeared live on stage for the first time

second, black-and-white montage of the members’ names and a

on the TV shows M! Countdown and

series of hard-hitting slogans that formed into a firing revolver. It

Music Bank.

was exciting and had attitude – but who is V?

WE ARE BULLETPROOF

You can still watch the BTS debut

Fortunately, we didn’t have to wait long to find out. On 2

day video on YouTube and see seven

June, preview photos on the BTS page of the Big Hit website and

unbelievably young Bangtans about to

Facebook gave us the first pictures of Taehyung, looking suitably

face the public in a special live premiere

moody with shaggy, cropped blonde hair. Big Hit’s plan seemed to

showcase. They are understandably

have worked and by debut day, less than two weeks later, V already

nervous, hiding their anxieties by

had five fan clubs of his own!

practising their routines one last time,

At the bottom of the home page, next to the countdown clock,

teasing each other or just sitting quietly,

was a simple tease asking: who’s next? The answer comes the very

because that is how much these boys

next day in the shape of Jin, Jimin and Jungkook – which really got

want it. As V says, ‘We only have one

K-popsters chattering. Finally, a day after that, came the rap line. Fans

chance!’ But this is still the Bangtan

were already familiar with RM, J-Hope and Suga through the tracks,

we know today – full of characters,

videos and vlogs, but this was showtime – and they looked good!

always ready to help each other out and

‘The training had finished for now. The teasers had been shown. The countdown was over. It was time. BTS, meet the world … World, meet BTS’ 43

BTS: ICONS OF K-POP

WE ARE BULLETPROOF

determined to put on the best performance they possibly can for

riders roam the streets and a re-fashioned classroom has a skate

their fans.

ramp and walls covered in BTS graffiti. The guys all sport plenty of

Of course, once they were up on stage, throwing themselves

black and white, especially Hood by Air, a US company known for

into ‘No More Dream’, they were sharp and they were slick. They

its oversized tees and bold graphics, and UK-based KTZ, whose

were incredible! Afterwards, ever the perfectionist, Jin was in tears

clothes are emblazoned with multicultural references – both brands

because he’s made a tiny mistake, but his bandmates consoled him;

beloved by Kanye West, A$AP Rocky and Kendrick Lamar. Jin is

he had no time to dwell on it as they were soon back on stage for

seen with a particularly great T-shirt bearing the words ‘A Fendi

‘We Are Bulletproof Part 2’ – and they still had another day of

Bag and a bad attitude’, a line taken from LL Cool J’s classic ‘Around

debuting.

the Way Girl’ (and also the slogan of fashion blogger Tamanika),

Just look at their faces when they had finished the day’s

while Jungkook boasts a fine ‘Notorious Swag’ T-shirt.

performances: they’d given their all, but they knew they’d nailed it and done Bangtan proud. Their fan café had already swollen to 55,000 members and social media sites were buzzing. Their energy,

BANGTAN BOMB

rap style and dance moves, especially Jungkook’s hat flick and Jimin’s abs-flash, had caught the attention of both regular and new viewers.

For three years they had dreamed of the moment when they

On 19 June 2013, Bangtan TV posts a thirty-second

would take to the stage, so it was no wonder they all felt so nervous.

video on YouTube. It shows Jungkook filming Jimin and in

They all say that when they finished and heard the cheers they were

the corner is a small logo: a cartoon BTS bomb. This is the

close to tears – V even confesses he actually cried. They were proud

first of many bombs – bite-sized videos of behind-the-

of their performances, but not arrogant. They admitted to having

scenes footage, challenges or just the boys acting cute or

made mistakes and RM noted how heavy his legs felt on stage

messing around. They last anything from twenty seconds

compared to the practice sessions, but they also knew that they

to two minutes and give fans a fascinating insight into

had learned so much over this brief period of being exposed to the

BTS away from the stage.

public. In the meantime, their first music video, ‘No More Dream’, had

been released. The hip hop idol theme and attitude matched their

The choreography is very hip hop, with a lot of low crouches, hip

debut performances, and the scenario was one of upheaval and

thrusts and lightning-fast pointing and, helped by sharp editing, it

rebellion, where the group drive – and crash – the school bus, BMX

keeps all the energy of the live performance. Those who saw the 45

BTS: ICONS OF K-POP

WE ARE BULLETPROOF

debut shows would have recognized Jungkook carrying Jimin as he

This was a rap from a rookie group making bold and confident

runs horizontally across the backs of the others and, of course, the

assumptions about their abilities and position. They asserted that

Jimin ab-flashes that sent the live audience into meltdown. There

they could rap better than idol bands and were as authentic as any

are a couple of other nice touches, too, as V’s glasses are shot off

Korean Underground rapper. In the chorus, Jimin insisted that no

and a clever body wave reveals a different member each time.

one should throw stones at the band or criticize them until they’d

What is striking is how, for such a young group (Jungkook is still only fifteen), they are so professional and so confident, and

‘Skit: Circle Room Talk’ took the boys back to school, skipping

when a dance version of the video was released a few days later,

class to talk about their young selves, how they got into music

more and more K-pop fans started to take notice of this new group,

and, most importantly, what their dreams were. This acts as an

who looked good, danced brilliantly and had something to say for

introduction to ‘No More Dream’, which was their debut single and

themselves.

really the key track. If the BTS mission statement was to speak to

Released on their debut day, 12 June 2013, 2 Cool 4 Skool, the

and for teens and twenty-somethings, then this went straight to the

first BTS CD, came in a stylish black and gold package. An attached

heart of the matter. Talk about doing and saying what you know.

photobook featured some glossy images

This was a nineties-style rap song with a twenty-first century feel,

similar to those revealed in the teasers, lyrics (in Korean), a postcard and a flyer advertising the next Big Hit auditions. Promoted as a ‘single album’, the CD itself had seven tracks, including the two singles and some skits. The skits, a device used by many US hip hop artists from De La Soul to Eminem, gave the boys a chance to discuss their ideas and the themes of the album. After a brief introduction by veteran rapper DJ Friz and a declaration by Rap Monster of the group’s intention to talk to teens and twenty-somethings, we get into ‘We Are Bulletproof Part 2’. 46

put in as much work as BTS had.

‘More and more K-pop fans started to take notice of this new group, who looked good, danced brilliantly and had something to say for themselves.’

delivered by those who had grown up with and were steeped in that music – it is assertive, heavy on the attitude and catchy as hell. Rap Monster’s introduction announced the group to the world and from the resonant twang of the double bass, through Suga’s sarcastic lines about the big house, big cars and big rings he wants, to the la-la-la singalong (the first of many!), the sound was big, the beat kept pumping and the melodic hooks kept coming. Meanwhile, the rap line took the spotlight, working around the chant, which asks the listener about their dream. The lyrics spoke passionately of a frustration and anger that young people don’t dream and are unable to break out from the mundane lives plotted for them by their parents and society. It was rebellious, but not in a destructive way – it was a plea for individualism and for creativity. After the brief ‘Interlude’ (a tune RM liked so much he used it in ‘Monterlude’ on his mix tape), we are into ‘I Like It’ – and, what do 47

BTS: ICONS OF K-POP

you know, it’s a pop song! Okay, there was still some soft rapping,

success because they weren’t a ‘Big Three’ group – an act presented

but Jungkook and Jin had put down some sweet melodies in a song

by one of the three biggest K-pop entertainment companies –

about seeing photos of an ex-girlfriend on social media – you like

but they had built a foundation – a group ethic, a self-belief and,

it as she looks so nice, but you don’t like that other guys are liking

most importantly, a dedicated following. Whenever and wherever

and commenting. True to their word: songs for teens and twenty-

the group appeared, at broadcasts and fan meets, more and more

somethings.

ARMY continued to gather, and online support came from

The album rounded off with the light-hearted ‘Circle Room Cypher’ session in which each of the group was encouraged to

elsewhere in Asia, from the US and Canada, Europe, the Middle East and South America. BTS had gone global!

deliver a rap (spare a thought for poor Jimin who takes a bit of

After their goodbye stage, heartfelt handwritten notes from all

teasing right at the end). Except those who bought the CD were

seven members of BTS appeared on their fan café (you can still find

treated to two extra tracks: ‘On the Start Line’, delivered by Rap

translations online). The band revealed how they felt when they

Monster, and ‘Road/Path’, featuring the whole crew. Both of these

set off on a journey without knowing the route or the destination.

recalled the hardships of their trainee years, what they would be

They describe their debut as a whirlwind experience and say that

doing if they were not Bangtan and the strength they had gained

although their training prepared

from being together.

them well for that experience,

The debut period continued through the rest of June and July

they know they have so much

as the boys promoted their album via radio and TV broadcasts

more to offer. And they are all

and through fan meets. There was one further notable milestone,

overcome with gratitude for the

though. On 9 July, on the BTS fan café, they announced a name

support of the fans they have met

for their fanclub. From this time on their fans would be called

in person and the fans whose

A.R.M.Y (아미), an acronym for ‘Adorable Representative M.C for

messages they read. This, they

Youth’. They explained that an army needs its bulletproof armour,

say, above everything, is what

so the boys and their fans would always be bound together. BTS

gives them the strength to enter

fans took to the name immediately – they had a cause to believe in

the next stage of their career with

and were now on the march.

confidence and optimism.

After nearly fifty frenetic days, BTS’s debut was finally over. They had not been a sensation – lots of people had dismissed them as just another hip hop group, having taken against their rebellious image and anti-conservative lyrics, or slated their chances of 48

WE ARE BULLETPROOF

‘A.R.M.Y (아미), an acronym for ‘Adorable Representative M.C for Youth’ … An army needs its bulletproof armour, so the boys and their fans would always be bound together.’ 49

Planting Gardens in Graves III r.h. Sin

r.h. Sin completes his bestselling series with Planting Gardens in Graves III, another powerful collection of poetry that hones in on the themes dearest to his readers. This series celebrates connection, mourns heartbreak, and above all, empowers its readers to seek the love they deserve.

Author Details Born in New Brunswick, NJ, and later moving to Florida, r.h. Sin comes from a place where a life of pain is the norm and destruction is a constant. Through an early love for reading and writing, r.h. Sin was able to pull away from some of the social distractions that plagued so many of his peers. After returning to the northeast and moving to New York in pursuit of love, the young modern poet found that and much more.

Key Information • Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781449489441

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Poetry

Format

178 x 127 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Whiskey, Words, and a Shovel volumes 1 and 2 are both Bestsellers in African American Poetry As of 12/6/17, r.h. Sin's books have sold nearly 550,000 copies r.h. Sin has 932,000 Instagram followers and 632,000 Twitter followers. Modern poetry is growing quickly as an in-demand genre in Australia, with r.h. sin one of the bestselling poets – locally and internationally.

here with you. i’m sorry for all the times your screams went unheard i’m sorry for all the moments where you felt like you were alone and no one cared i’m sorry that your innocence was stolen by the hands of an abuser who claimed to love you i’m sorry that your self esteem was shattered by the mouth of someone who instead of building you up chose to tear down the skyscraper in your soul i’m sorry they left you behind after promising to stay

PlantingGardensGravesIII_int.indd 4-1

4/26/18 2:11 PM

i’m sorry that forever has never been long enough i’m sorry that your eyes have been drowning in the ocean of your own emotions i’m sorry that your heart doesn’t know what it means to be held in the hands of someone who truly cares for it i’m sorry that your efforts to fight for something haven’t been met with victory oftentimes you’ve been forced to go into battle alone i’m sorry that your soul has struggled to find its mate

PlantingGardensGravesIII_int.indd 2-3

i’m sorry that you feel this weight of the world on your shoulders i’m sorry and maybe this isn’t enough maybe my words will flow through you like an untouched river maybe you’ll see meaning in these words but only after you’ve finished reading the pages in this book maybe you just need time maybe you just need a moment to yourself a space just for you alone with your problems

4/26/18 2:11 PM

a place where you can truly come face to face with everything

strangers we know.

that has happened

silently we drown

regardless of what you choose

reaching for the same hands

to do

that pushed us into the sea

regardless of where you choose

expecting the ones who broke us

to go

to help us feel complete

i believe in you i believe in your ability

yelling out their names

to calm your own storms

as they watch us go under

i believe in your ability

strangers in the fog

to put out the flames

once upon a time

that have burned you

our lovers

for far too long

PlantingGardensGravesIII_int.indd 4-5

4/26/18 2:11 PM

death and nothingness. new beginning.

there is death

there is new life

in holding on

in letting go

nothingness

there is a new beginning

in refusing

in moving forward

to move forward

you canâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t find love

true love escapes

where it doesnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t exist

the hands of the lover

youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll never get

who latches on

what you deserve

to the ones

holding on to someone

incapable of loving them back

who refuses

always in waiting

to love you completely

hoping for the impossible wasting away on a dream that feels more like a nightmare

PlantingGardensGravesIII_int.indd 6-7

4/26/18 2:11 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE r.h. Sin

Price ISBN

AU$29.99 | NZ$31.99 9781449487171

Price ISBN

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$31.99

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$31.99

9781449487621

ISBN

9781449488062

ISBN

9781449480356

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99 9781449486730

Price

AU$32.99 | NZ$34.99

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781449490164

ISBN

9781449494254

Price ISBN

AU$29.99 | NZ$31.99 9781449484590

Crown Anthologies Analog De Leon Sixty-three voices, two hundred poems, one message: every soul is royal. Crown Anthologies is a new collection of verse from some of the most prominent poets of Instagram, with a foreword by Tyler Knott Gregson — one of the movement’s foremost authors. These two hundred poems celebrating self-love, self-worth, and empowerment were assembled primarily from top Instagram poets, supplemented by the winners of a contest that elicited 4,500 submissions. Crown Anthologies is built from the readers up; it’s an opportunity to transform the concept of a poetry anthology from undergraduate course prescription to dynamic celebration of poetic diversity.

Author Details Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$27.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781449494100

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Poetry

Format

203 x 127 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Analog de Leon is a moniker by Chris Purifoy and an initiative to encourage people to unplug and be present in their lives. Chris is an author, technology architect, and futurist. He speaks in global forums about the slippery slope of progress and the importance of art with purpose. Chris is the Co-Founder of Lost Poets, an organisation dedicated to art in resistance. Chris is the Chief Technology Officer for the Global Action Platform, a university-business alliance and think tank in collaboration with the United Nations and the World Bank, dedicated to advancing scalable, sustainable solutions for abundant food, health, and prosperity. Chris also helps produce TEDxVeniceBeach and sat on councils at TEDxNashville, TEDxYouth and the Music Education Policy Roundtable, a national government lobbyist group dedicated to higher standards for music education. Read Chris's full story at www.goingvertigo.com/bio.

Key Information • • • •

This is the first noteworthy anthology of Instagram poets — and as such it represents a serious opportunity. The foreword is written by Tyler Knott Gregson, a Tumblr/Instagram poet superstar, yet the book includes the work of many lesser-known poets, further democratising the Instagram poetry movement and engaging with the community. With dozens of authors, each with their own following, social media reach scales drastically (the poets included in this volume have 3.2 million total followers). Crown Anthologies is already being established as a brand in its own right; the “Words with Kings” Instagram has 175k followers, and the “Words with Queens” has 180k. There’s already an excellent promotional website.

ALSO AVAILABLE BY ANALOG DE LEON

Price ISBN

AU$27.99 | NZ$29.99 9781449487751

Crow n A n t hology

They say we should learn to love ourselves before we love another, but I wasn’t taught how to do either. When you don’t know how to receive, even giving looks like taking. The affection isn’t liberation; it’s conspiracy. Trojan words of war disguised as compromise. Then, even loving feels like losing. —Christopher Ferreiras

Te n d e r I s t h e N i g h t

Speak Heavy Speak heavy to me— long, stocky words, thick syllables, thumping every letter with haughty breaths. Let me know your deepest thoughts, your most complex wonderings. Sound them out clearly, powerfully, to my listening ears. —Topher Kearby

Crow n A n t hology

One day I will meet a girl. She will be the ocean, and I will sail every inch of her expanse. I will leave poems on her pillow in the morning. I will leave sonnets on her skin in the evening. I will always find ways to hold her hand, beneath every table, on every walk, during every moment.

Te n d e r I s t h e N i g h t

We are all mad here. But I stand next to you, naked and poor, madly in love. —Richard A. Camus

She will go to bed at night certain of her beauty. She will wake up in the morning convinced of her value. She will have a key to explore the endless recesses of my mind and heart— I will open every door for her. I will write with her a story that makes Shakespeare proud,

even the sun and moon will take notice and be jealous. One day I will meet a girl. —Analog de Lēon

Roald Dahl, The Gloriumptious Worlds of

This fantastical and official new book, published just over 100 years after Roald Dahl's birth, will appeal to fans who grew up reading his stories, or reading them to their children, as well as to new readers who are discovering Dahl's world for the first time. It gives a brilliant new perspective on his most-loved (and hated) characters and stories. The Gloriumptious Worlds of Roald Dahl brings together Dahl's wondrous creations and Quentin Blake's iconic illustrations with previously unpublished reproductions of imagined letters, artefacts, posters and much, much more. Inspired by the characters and events from each of Dahl's books, and including original thoughts and notes on yellow lined paper - as if written by Dahl himself - the book expands upon his stories in a humorous and creative way, making it the ideal addition to everyone's Dahl collection.

Author Details Quentin Blake is one of the most famous children's illustrators in the world, and his funny, often subversive and unmistakeable style is synomymous with Roald Dahl's fiction. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781783123940

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

This book will suit readers who are familiar with Dahl's creations, adding to the stories in a fresh, new way, and providing nuggets of behind-the-scenes information about Dahl's writing. It is also perfect for new fans of Dahl, who may not yet have read his books. It provides a tantalising introduction to his worlds and characters, whetting appetites to read the stories themselves. The inventive design, bringing together Quentin Blake's much-loved illustration with new, fresh images, will appeal to everyone. Special items, such as 'The Oompa-Loompa Field Guide' and a guide to Gobblefunk, the BFG's language, provide wonderful extra detail.

The Ultimate Ency of Football Keir Radnedge

The Ultimate Encyclopedia of Football is the ultimate celebration of the most popular sport on the planet. This comprehensive and fully illustrated book is written by one of the world's leading football writers and describes the history and development of the game, its legendary players, clubs and international teams, notable coaches and stadia. There is also in-depth information on the major competitions at both national and club levels. Each entry comes with graphical statistical information to show the greatest achievements of each player, club or nation. It even includes the action and results of the 2017/18 season and the 2018 FIFA World Cup.

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

Keir Radnedge has been covering football for more than 40 years. He has written countless books on the subject and is a former editor of World Soccer, generally recognised as the premier English-language magazine on global football. In addition to his writing, Keir has been a regular analyst for BBC radio and television, Sky Sports and the American cable television news channel CNN.

Binding

Hardback

Key Information

Price

AU$50.00 | NZ$55.00

ISBN

9781787391864

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

272pp

Illustrations

Approx. 375 colour and b&w

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Previous editions of this book have sold more than 400,000 copies. Fully revised and updated – with modern graphical statistics and artwork – including all 2017/18 domestic competitions and the 2018 FIFA World Cup. Covers all of the major nations, clubs and competitions, as well as the greatest players to have ever played the game.

Fashion House: Illustrated interiors from the icons of style (Small Format) Megan Hess The popular design book Fashion House is back – now in a gifty, small format!

Publication

01 November 2014

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781742708928

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

No Series

Category

Home Design

Format

190 x 191 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Fashion House is a collection of beautifully illustrated interiors depicting inspirational interior design and how these can be achieved. It will inspire and delight anyone with a love of fashion, a penchant for interior design or an appreciate for beautiful illustration. Ever dreamed you could live in the suite of a Manhattan socialite? Or the grand estate of one of London's men-about-town, or a Parisian vintage loft? Within the sumptuously illustrated pages of this book you will find that all of your extravagant dreams of interior design have come true. Internationally acclaimed illustrator Megan Hess has assembled some of the most decadent and indulgent interior designs from around the world in this collection, Fashion House - beautiful interiors which are guaranteed to delight and inspire. Drawn on her years of experience working as an illustrator for internationl brands such as Tiffanys, Chanel and Christian Dior, Hess has combined her love of interior design with her signature illustrations to create a book which both celebrates style and offers advice on how we can achieve it. With suggestions ranging from using patterns and fabrics on wallpaper and upholstery to the benefits of the eclectic chair, this book celebrates the icons of interior design, past and present.

Author Details Australian illustrator Megan Hess’ signature signature style of fashion illusration has made her a favourite with international fashion labels. Hess was born and studied in Queensland before moving to London to pursue a career in illustration. While Hess has lived and worked all over the world, she lives with her family in Melbourne.

Please note: This is a reprint of Fashion House, originally released in 2014.

Sydney Noir John Dale

The Akashic ‘Noir’ crime series began in 2004 with Brooklyn Noir. The book earned so much attention and acclaim that it has now expanded to include over 50 titles in locales criss-crossing the globe. The incorporation of familiar, well-known locations with excellent writing and plotting is a winning combination that readers can’t resist. Those who have stepped into the ring to edit the collections run the gamut from little-known talents to big names like Joyce Carol Oates and Dennis Lehane. In 2018, Brio will co-publish the first-ever Australian title in the series, Sydney Noir, featuring fourteen brand-new stories from some of our very best writers: Mandy Sayer, John Dale, Mark Dapin, Kirsten Tranter, Eleanor Limprecht, Leigh Redhead, Robert Drewe, Julie Koh, Peter Polites, Tom Gilling, Gabrielle Lord, Philip McLaren, P.M. Newton and Peter Doyle. The stories deal with men and women who work in finance or serve in Liquorland, drive cabs or beat-up utes. They might be architects or struggling students, athletes or Aboriginal liaison officers, retired coppers or contract labourers, patternmakers or photographers, philosophy lecturers or drug dealers. Some are desperate for revenge or money and fame; others are simply caught up in circumstances beyond their control or in a sexual relationship gone wrong.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

The reader is taken from Kings Cross to La Perouse, from Balmain to Parramatta, Redfern to Maroubra, Clovelly to Bankstown, Sydney Harbour to Edgecliff, Newtown to Ashfield, and Lavender Bay to Mosman. There are no safe spaces in this collection. What Sydney Noir does best is to provide a window onto the street. Sit back and enjoy the view.

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781925589436

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

John Dale is the author of the true-crime biography Huckstepp, the novels Dark Angel, The Dogs Are Barking, Leaving Suzie Pye and Detective Work, a novella Plenty, and the memoir Wild Life, an investigation into the fatal shooting of his grandfather in 1940s Tasmania. John’s essays, reviews and non-fiction have appeared in a wide variety of journals and newspapers. He teaches writing at UTS and lives in Sydney.

Series

Key Information

Category

Crime Fiction

Format

210 x 135 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

N/A

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

The very first Australian title in the award-winning and internationally acclaimed series. Featuring newcomers such as Eleanor Limprecht, Peter Polites and Julie Goh, as well as established writers like Robert Drewe, Gabrielle Lord and Mark Dapin. Well-connected editor, widespread media (print, radio and online) anticipated.

Stories of Perth Various Authors

In 2013 Seizure teamed up with Sweatshop to produce an anthology of Sydney writers that showcased a different side of the city. This time, we’ve headed out west to draw on the best new talent we can find to tell the stories of Perth we wouldn’t expect. From the crisis of meth addiction, the pressure of keeping up appearances and the unexpected presence of peacocks, this is a rich and wide-ranging anthology.

Publication

01 October 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781925589252

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Fiction/Mss Mkt

Format

210 x 135 mm

Extent

216pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

AVAILABLE FROM 1 OCTOBER

Funny, challenging and wide-ranging, these stories and essays come from a diverse selection of emerging and established writers.

Author Details Contributors include: Elizabeth Tan, Cassie Lynch, James Cortez, Brunette Lenkic, Priyadarshini Chidambaranathan, Guy Salvidge, Robert Wood, Yirga Woldeyes, Rebecca Higgie, Maddie Godfrey, Matthew Chrulew, and Scott Patrick Mitchell.

Key Information • • •

Launching at the Australian Short Story Festival in October. A striking range of voices from the satirical and witty to heartbreaking and poignant. Writers will promote the book through their social media networks.

Teter Mek and the Stolen Crocodile Eggs Jasmin Herro and Kevin Lee

Teter Mek and the crew of Nimah Sajah are stranded in tropical Darwin as they try to repair their boat. Teter Mek soon befriends local Aboriginal boy Frederick, and together they investigate the mystery of Teter Mek’s family by piecing together clues from her canoe. But Frederick has troubles of his own. Just as a batch of crocodile eggs are stolen from a research lab, Frederick’s uncle goes missing. Where has Uncle Niall gone? And what is the significance of the crocodile eggs? It’s up to Teter Mek and Frederick to find out … Publication

10 July 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$16.99

ISBN

9781925589740

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

198 x 128 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

AVAILABLE FROM OCTOBER

Author Details Jasmin Herro is a multi-award winning Indigenous businesswoman. When asked by her daughter about their Torres Strait Islander heritage; she realised that she knew very little about her own culture. Teter Mek’s story mirrors Jasmin’s journey of discovering her cultural identity. Kevin Lee is an artist, a writer and poet currently completing his Masters of Arts at University of Western Sydney. Together he and his sister Jasmin Herro have collaborated to co-write Teter Mek’s story. He is passionate about their Chinese and Torres Strait Islander cultures.

Key Information • •

Marketing campaign to include advertising in children’s magazines and websites. A full set of teaching materials will be available.

Nourish Soups Hearty soups with a healthy twist Rebecca Woods Nutritious soups that are good for body and soul. A simple bowl of soup can be the most comforting meal. With these 60 nourishing recipes, there's something for every season and every appetite. All of them have an emphasis on well-being, with nutritious ingredients that include healthy whole grains, pulses, and fresh produce, and every one is packed full of wholesome flavour from herbs and spices and creatively healthy toppings. There are a number of dairy-free, vegetarian and vegan options, too. The book begins with basic stocks, tasty toppings, and tips for simple soup making. Then each of the 60 main recipes is photographed and includes Wild Mixed Mixed Mushroom Broth with Pearled Spelt and Tarragon; Prawn, Pernod and Pink Peppercorn Broth with Asian Greens; and Venison Soup with Beluga Lentils and Cherries. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787132689

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

•

Series

•

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

225 x 175 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Rebecca Woods is a food stylist and recipe developer based in Hastings. She spent many years editing cookery books before deciding she would much rather be cooking. Her styling work has appeared in the national press and brand advertising campaigns, as well as in many cookbooks.

Key Information

•

A beautiful, modern take on nutritious soups, aimed at the young wellness market. Caters for various diets, including vegetarian, vegan, raw, and dairy-free. Includes 60 recipes, all photographed. In the same fresh series as Nourish Bowls and Nourish Soups.

ALSO AVAILABLE:

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781787131163

ISBN

9781849497985

Jerk Chicken

WITH CHARRED CORN, PEPPERS AND PINEAPPLE The surprise star here turned out to be the lowly, unsuspecting and over-ripening slice of fresh pineapple lurking, cling-wrapped, at the back of the fridge. I had originally thought that the injection of lovely acidic fruitiness needed to balance the soup should be provided by a good squeeze of lime juice, but how wrong I was. Slice the chicken and put it in a bowl with the jerk seasoning, 2 tsp of the oil, the thyme and a good pinch of salt. Leave to marinate for a couple of hours in the fridge, or overnight if wished. Heat the remaining 1 tsp oil in a large saucepan and fry the chicken over high heat until it is browned and caramelising on the outside. Turn the heat down to medium, add the spring onion whites and chilli and cook for a few minutes until everything is softened. Add the stock and let it bubble away for a few minutes until the chicken is cooked through. Meanwhile, heat a grill (broiler) to its highest setting. Drizzle the corn cob with a little oil and grill, turning frequently, until it is catching a charred all over (not completely black – you still want some yellow). You could also do this more quickly with a chef ’s blowtorch, if you have one. Allow the cob to cool a little until you can handle it, then slice the kernels off the cob with a sharp knife.

Ladle into bowls and top with a little more thyme to serve.

4 skinless, boneless chicken thighs 1 Tbsp Jerk seasoning 1 Tbsp groundnut oil, plus a little to drizzle leaves from a few sprigs of soft summer thyme, plus extra to serve 10 spring onions (scallions), finely sliced and white and green parts separated 2 Scotch bonnet chillies, finely sliced (discard the seeds to keep the heat down, if wished) 1.2 litres (5 cups) good chicken stock 1 corn on the cob 1 /2 green (bell) pepper, diced 1 /2 red (bell) pepper, diced 1 x 400g (16oz) can red kidney beans, drained and rinsed 125g (41/2oz) diced fresh pineapple sea salt and freshly ground black pepper

Light & Refreshing

Add the corn to the soup, along with the peppers and kidney beans, and cook for 2–3 minutes, until the peppers are just softening, but you still have a fresh crunch, and the beans are heated through. Add the pineapple and spring onion greens and season well with salt and pepper and cook for a few more seconds, just until they are heated through.

SERVES 4

Five-Spice Duck

TENDERSTEM AND GINGER WITH NOODLES This is like a duck pho – the meat is still raw in the middle when served and is perfectly cooked in the hot broth. There are definitely two ways to do this, and one is most likely more flavoursome than the other, but then there are very few people who will feel like boiling up duck bones after a long day’s administrating, and I am a realist. If you have a free-ish weekend afternoon, try making your own stock by following the chicken stock recipe on page xxx but using a duck carcass and the browning method, but you can get pretty delicious results from the below, too. Heat the oil gently in a large saucepan and add the garlic and ginger. Cook for a few minutes, then add the spring onion whites, soy sauce, star anise, cinnamon and Sichuan pepper and cook for 2 more minutes, then add the stock. Let the pan bubble away gently while you sort out the duck. Season the duck breasts with salt, then sprinkle over the 5-spice and rub it all over the duck pieces. Place them in a cold non-stick frying pan, skin side down, and turn the heat up to medium– high. Cook them for about 6–7 minutes in total, turning about two-thirds of the way through, until golden and browned on the outside – they will still be a little raw in the middle. Remove from the pan and leave to rest on a chopping board. Add the noodles to the soup and cook for 3 minutes. Add the broccoli and cook for another 3 minutes, or until the noodles are cooked and the broccoli is tender but still has a bit of a bite. Taste the soup and add a little salt if needed, but it may not need it as the soy sauce is salty.

2 tsp toasted sesame oil 2 large garlic cloves, sliced 1 large chunk ginger, peeled and cut into matchsticks 1 small bunch of spring onions (scallions), about 8, sliced on the diagonal and white and green parts separated 2 Tbsp dark soy sauce 2 star anise 1 cinnamon stick 1 tsp Sichuan peppercorns, plus a little extra to sprinkle 1.5 litres (61/4 cups) chicken or duck stock 2 duck breasts 2 tsp Chinese 5-spice powder 120g (41/2oz) buckwheat noodles (100% if you can find them) 160g (51/2oz) Tenderstem broccoli sea salt

Light & Refreshing

Ladle the soup into bowls. Slice the duck very thinly with a sharp knife and share between the bowls. Finish with a sprinkle of spring onion greens and a little more Sichuan pepper.

SERVES 4

Mixed Wild Mushroom WITH TARRAGON AND PEARLED SPELT

Pungent wild mushrooms and the liquorice undertones of tarragon make a pretty good flavour match here, while spelt grain provides a satisfying bite. This recipe came to me whilst watching the closing minutes of Phantom Thread, and while I can’t promise a bowl of it will truly tame an artistic temperament, it will have a good go at quietening any early-onset winter blues. Just make sure you’re on good terms with your local greengrocer. Put the dried mushrooms in a small bowl and cover with water (about 100ml/1/3 cup). Leave to soak while you ready the other soup bits. Heat the oil in a large saucepan over a low heat and add the onion and garlic. Cook gently for about 10 minutes until soft and beginning to caramelise. Add the butter to the pan and let it melt, then add the fresh mushrooms and increase the heat slightly to medium. Cook for 5 minutes until the mushrooms are wilted and beginning to take on some colour. Meanwhile, strain the dried mushrooms, reserving the soaking water, and chop them roughly. Add the stock, star anise and spelt to the pan, Add the chopped soaked mushrooms along with the soaking water, discarding any gritty bits at the bottom. Cook for 15–20 minutes until the spelt is cooked but still has a bite.

15g (1/2oz) dried porcini mushrooms 1 Tbsp olive oil 1 large red onion, finely sliced 2 garlic cloves, finely sliced 1 Tbsp butter 300g (101/2oz) wild mushrooms, sliced 1 litre (4 cups) good vegetable stock 1 star anise 100g (1/3 cup) pearled spelt a good splash of Madeira (optional) a small bunch of parsley, roughly chopped a small bunch of tarragon, roughly chopped soft goat cheese, to serve toasted walnuts, to serve

Light & Refreshing

Add a splash of Madeira to the pan and season well with salt and pepper. Stir in the herbs and serve immediately, with goat cheese and walnuts if wished.

SERVES 4

Light & Refreshing

Sweet Potato, Chipotle

MORITA AND LIME WITH TORTILLA CROUTONS Ever-expanding international supermarket ranges are proof of a positive sea change in attitudes toward food in recent years. Few ingredients now are deemed too niche to include, and while you’d once (not all that long ago) be struggling to find wonderful ingredients such as chipotle morita chillies, they can now be bought on impulse by the casual, intrigued browser, rather than having to be specifically hunted down by the foodie know-it-all. If you want actual heat, go for the two chillies; for a gentle tingle and a hint of that amazing smoky chipotle flavour, just add one. Preheat the oven to 180ºC (fan).

SERVES 4

Heat the oil in a large saucepan set over low heat and cook the onion and garlic very gently with a good pinch of salt for about 8 minutes, until softening. Add the spices and chillies and stir in, then add the sweet potato and cook for a couple of minutes, stirring until well covered in the spiced oil.

2 tbsp olive or rapeseed oil 1 large onion, diced 2 large garlic cloves, finely chopped 1/2 tsp ground cumin 1/2 tsp ground cinnamon 1–2 chipotle morita chillies, roughly chopped 800g [13/4lb] sweet potatoes, peeled and diced 1.2 litres [5 cups] vegetable stock grated zest of 1 lime, plus a good squeeze of the juice sea salt and freshly ground black pepper coriander [cilantro] leaves, to serve diced avocado, to serve

Add the stock, put a lid on the pan and bring the liquid to a boil. Once boiling, reduce the heat slightly and leave to simmer, still covered, for 15 mins, or until the chunks of sweet potato are tender.

Light & Refreshing

Meanwhile, put the tortilla quarters on a large baking sheet. Combine the oil and smoked paprika and brush this over the tortillas. Turn them over and brush the other sides, too, then sprinkle them generously with sea salt flakes. Pop the tray in the oven and bake for 5 minutes. Turn them over and bake for a further 3 minutes, until they are turning crisp and golden, then remove them from the oven and allow to cool (they will crisp up a bit more as they cool down).

114

Once the sweet potato is cooked, blend the soup with a stick blender or transfer to a liquidiser and blitz until smooth. Add the lime zest and juice, season to taste and blitz again to combine. Ladle the soup into warmed bowls and top with the diced avocado. Snap the baked tortillas into shard-like croutons, sprinkle them over the top of the soup along with a few coriander leaves, and serve.

For the tortilla croutons: 2 tortillas, cut into quarters 1 tbsp olive oil 1 tsp sweet smoked paprika a good sprinkling of flaked sea salt

Nutella Mug Cakes and More Quick and easy cakes, cookies and sweet treats Black Keda

Whether you’re after a late night treat, a sweet snack in front of the TV, or a super speedy dinner party dessert that will still impress your guests, Mug Cakes Nutella will have you sorted. With over 30 recipes for delicious Nutella based desserts that require minimal effort and time, all you need is a few minutes to spare and a serious Nutella craving! There’s no long list of fancy ingredients or cooking equipment, and hardly any time at all to set aside to make a delectable dessert. Go Nutella!

Author Details Publication

01 November 2016

Keda Black is a cookery author and freelance journalist.

Binding

Hardback

Key Information

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781784880767

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books - Hardie Grant UK

Imprint

Shared Title: Managed by HG London

Series

No Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

190 x 190 mm

Extent

72pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Following on from the incredible success of Mug Cakes (over 100k copies sold) and Mug Cakes Chocolate, comes Mug Cakes Nutella. Nutella-lovers will be in heaven with over 30 inventive recipes From the authentic mug cake to drinks, mousses, tiramisu, meringues, muffins and cakes

Please note, this is a re-issue. Originally published in 2016.

Wine for Normal People A Guide for Real People Who Like Wine, But Not the Snobbery That Goes with It Elizabeth Schneider This is a friendly, non-intimidating but substantial introductory wine book from the creator of the award-winning podcastWine for Normal People that explores the basics of wine, including tasting, regions, wine-making, etiquette, and buying. Author Elizabeth Schneider has a direct line to a sizeable and continually growing community of wine consumers who want a 'friend' in wine – they read her blog, attend her classes, email her with questions, and listen to the podcast, which averages 60,000 downloads per month and has received more than 2 million total downloads. Fans have come to trust Elizabeth as a source of honest, accurate information that empowers them to learn about wine in a friendly, non-intimidating setting so they can make informed decisions about what they like and what they don't. In 10 chapters featuring everything you want to know about the wine business, winemaking, where wine comes from and how to taste it, Wine for Normal People explores the basics (and a few more advanced topics) of wine with humour, personal anecdotes, asides, and opinions.

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781452171340

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

•

Series

•

Category

Food & Drink

Format

254 x 165 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

40-50 graphic images

Age Range

Terms

Elizabeth Schneider is a certified sommelier, certified specialist of wine, and creator of the podcastWine for Normal People , which gets 60,000 downloads every month. She has professional connections in both the wine industry and the media, and has done freelance writing for a wide range of publications includingJezebel, Imbibe, Men's Health , and CNN Radio. Website: winefornormalpeople.com/

Key Information More people are drinking wine. In 2017, Australia consumed over 5.5 million hectolitres of wine (Statista, 2017). Millennials and Gen Xers are consuming more wine than in previous years and are hungry for knowledge. While there has been a steady stream of gift and novelty books over the last few years that are aimed at this demographic, many of the books lack substance and depth.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

The Three Steps of Tasting and the Jargon that Goes with Them

glancing at it? I wouldn’t. Wine is a product of nature and of chemical reactions. Things can go awry in the winemaking process and even more in transport and storage. So before you get fancy and start analyzing if it’s ruby-garnet or gold-rimmed platinum, let’s get serious: to prevent a disgusting experience, look at the wine in the glass.

STE P # 1 : “ S IG HT” WOR DS

You look into your glass and something is amiss. How would you describe it? Here are some common tip-offs that your wine is skunked.

Because you should always look at something before it goes in your mouth

Clarity Words and UFOs (Unidentified Floating Objects)

Cloudy: This may not be a flaw if the wine is unfiltered, but you I ’ M A M A Z E D AT H OW M A N Y P E O P LE get a glass of wine in a restaurant or at a friend’s house, lift it to their mouth, and sip without looking inside the glass. Would you ever stick food in your mouth without

should proceed with caution and spend some extra time sniffing before you sip. If something is wrong, don’t drink it! Separated or watery: The wine is red color on the bottom with a

Let’s Get This Party Started

thick layer of clear on top or some variation of this. This separation is likely caused by temperature control issues in storage or transport. Expect a bad wine.

If you’re going to taste—as opposed to chug—wine, you’re going to need some equipment.

Foaming: Unless it’s sparkling wine, bacteria has been here and the wine is probably spoiled.

• G L A S S WA R E Make sure your glass is

a refund. Total rookie move. If you

Brown: If it’s brown and it’s a younger wine, most likely heat or

clear and has a stem. Heat from your

don’t want the refund, at least get

bacteria has affected this bottle. Down the sink!

hand warms the wine, changing the

someone to give you a white napkin.

flavors in the glass. You may not like

I’ll explain why this is so important in

Crystals floating at the bottom: In whites, this isn’t a flaw, but you

me saying this, but stemless glasses

a minute, but trust me, you need it.

need a filter. These are tartrate crystals (pieces of tartaric acid bonded together), and they’re salty, hard, and gross to drink. Get ’em out of the glass by using a mesh filter or even a small spoon to dig them out.

are not good for our purposes. • D O N ’ T OV E R F I L L , N O E X T R A N E O U S • W H I T E S U R FAC E and good lighting

S M E L L S You need swirling room.

A piece of paper, a napkin, a table-

Filling the glass one-third or less for

Large pieces of cork or sediment: Super chewy! Unless you have

cloth, really anything white, and a

serious tasting (and one-half or less

pica, don’t drink this until you get a filter (see Clean-up, page 000).

place with bright enough light are

for drinking where you’re paying less

musts. You need to be able to look

attention to this process) presents

at the wine, and you need a white

the best odds for getting what you

surface to do that. In my classes and

need out of the wine without spilling

tastings, I always say if you pay good

it everywhere. And stay away from

money to go to a wine tasting some-

yummy kitchen smells, scented can-

where and the organizers have black

dles, or perfume—you need a place

tablecloths and black napkins, get

to taste without competing smells.

WineforNormalPeople_INT_2G.indd 16-17

Pretty Color Words and Their Utility Beyond Snobbery If you want to gather intel on a wine, you need to see its true color. But when I tell most people to pick up a glass of wine and look at it, you know what most, if not all, do? They hold the glass up to the light. When you do that, you see the light . . . and the ceiling, the wall, and the details of the light fixture. That’s distracting, and it’s going to prevent you from seeing the color of the wine. What you need to do

5/10/18 12:23 PM

OK, hear me out. Color can

is get that glass on an unadulterated white surface where it can show you its story. If you hold the glass at a 45-degree angle on a white surface, you’ll see variations as the color fans out along the side of the glass. Hue, as with everything in wine description, is subjective. Check out illustration below for some ideas of how to describe wine color. EX AMPLE: A GOLDEN , BR ASSY WHITE WINE

I pour you a glass of a yellow-gold wine. When you give you’re about to pop in your it a swirl, the legs are thick and gloppy as they run down mouth—yet another reason the sides of the glass (longer explanation later, but legs to look at your wine. But are the rivulets of liquid that drip after the wine has you’re right, to make this skill settled in the glass from swirling it around). useful, you need to know how to interpret what you see, so Without smelling or drinking the wine, you already now let’s figure out what this have clues about what to expect. For instance, there info is telling us. Rather than are only a few things that make a white wine this dark: do this in general terms, we’ll certain grape varieties like Viognier and Gewürztraconsider an example and disminer have more pigmented skins when ripened to full cuss what the wine is telling us. potential. If the skins sit with the wine for a while before fermentation, this can make the wine golden. And to add to that, these grapes were probably grown in a warm climate. Think of this: if you grow an orange in a cool climate and one in a warm climate, which will be bright orange, ripe, and fruity? The one grown in a warm climate. The one from the cool climate may have some unripe green or yellow spots and, when cut open, won’t be juicy. The same goes for grapes. Darkly colored grapes can only exist when they’ve basked in the sun and had time to develop pigment in

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Why would I need to look at the color to learn about the wine? As far as I can tell that is a new useless skill. I already know it’s red, white, or rosé.

their skins. In cooler climates with shorter growing seasons, there is neither the time nor the intensity of sunshine to get grapes that ripe, so they’ll have a lighter color. Ripeness can give us some clues about color, but some other factors are even more significant in turning the wine golden. Oak: After hanging around in an oak barrel for a while, the wine gathers oak tannin (I’ll get to what this is in a second if you’re not sure), which darkens it to a signature gold color.

give you clues about what

BA S I C WI N E CO LO R D E SC R I P TI O N S WHITE

RED

ROSÉ

Clear

Orange

Pink

Light/Pale

Brown

Salmon

Greenish Straw/hay colored Yellow

Brick Red Ruby Crimson/blood Red

Golden/brassy Amber

WineforNormalPeople_INT_2G.indd 18-19

Garnet Purple/black

Copper Orange Light red

Sur lie aging: Yeast corpses may have darkened the door. Wine aged on its lies (yeast that dies after fermentation is complete, more on that later) can also be darker, but it’s not usually a dark yellow color, just a deeper shade of straw or hay. Sugar: Sweet wines are frequently darker because grapes used for

these wines are a little shriveled. The grapes are picked later, water in the grapes evaporates, and the skin and its pigments are a bigger part of the wine, so the transfer of color from skin is more prominent in sweet wines than in dry ones, where skin contact is limited. Age: Like dark age spots on white skin, age darkens wine. A darker white wine could be old. Older white wines slowly move toward an amber color.

If you know the golden, brassy wine isn’t old and isn’t sweet, then it’s probably going to be either oaky or fruity, or both. And thick legs will tell you alcohol is major (I’ll explain this later too), so expect a bigger, fuller-feeling wine in your mouth, and maybe some burn up your nose on the sniff. Just by looking—without putting your mouth to the glass—you already know what you’re in for. Not bad, huh?

Damn! Is this how wine people seem to know so much about a wine before drinking it? Yup. You can flip these rules to draw conclusions and they’ll be spot-on. Pale whites (and lighter reds) usually indicate high acid wines and lower alcohol— less ripeness means acidity isn’t baked out by the sun and sugars don’t reach a level where the juice ferments to high alcohol levels.

STE P #2 : “ S M E LL” WOR DS Sniffing is the single most important step in wine tasting and description. Consequently, it’s the area where the most BS is spewed. But it’s important to get this right: consider that some experts estimate that about 90 percent of what we call taste or flavor is actually smell. No joke. While textures can make or break a wine, aromas are fundamental to your enjoyment of it.

If the wine is nearly opaque with thick legs, it’s going to be from a warm climate (think of the very orange orange from a warm area), with lots of fruit flavor and a strong punch of alcohol. Are there exceptions? Yes, but these guidelines should help form some idea of what you’re in for.

5/10/18 12:23 PM

where grapes can grow, within that there’s a ton of variation. And actually there is another big split in the wine world that’s fundamental. This is where it gets tricky because it’s more philosophical than land based. You may hear people talk about “Old World” or “New World.” With these descriptions, you’d think we were living in the days of Magellan. I’m pretty sure we’re in the 21st century, yet the wine world still uses the distinctions they used more than 500 years ago. Such a backward industry in so many ways. Go figure. Since we probably can’t start a revolution to change that, we need to figure out what the heck people mean when they say Old World or New World, because they’re loaded terms. From a geographical perspective, Old World is Europe and parts of the Middle East. Why “old”? Because it’s where wine and wine culture began. The basic philosophy Old World producers follow is based on making wines that reflect the land, or terroir. When it comes to wine, the Old World has quite a résumé. Not sure “old” is the most flattering term for this collection of amazing wine Why do French, regions, but that’s the way it goes. German, and ItalThe traditions and customs surrounding winegrowian labels look like ing—including the species of grapes used (Vitis vinifera)— hieroglyphics to and winemaking developed in Europe and the Middle me? What is all East. Winemakers there have a ton of experience and that information on have set the precedent of wine styles, aging vessels (oak or there and what’s amphora), and suitable locations for top-quality wines. important? New World is an everything-but-the-kitchen-sink term. It’s everywhere else that grows grapes that’s not The labels look foreign Europe or the Middle East. All the places in the winebecause they are, in fact, in a foreign language. If you don’t growing New World were colonies of some European speak those languages, the country—South America, North America, Australia, labels are going to be confusNew Zealand, and South Africa each have ties to Old ing to you, much the same as World wine traditions. if someone asked you to read anything that’s not in your From the 1600s to the 1800s, European colonizers native tongue. Plus there’s brought grapes to these “new” lands as an essential crop often not a grape name on and figured out how to grow them in different climates them, which, if you’re used and soils. Many of these folks were planting grapes for to buying New World wines, could be confusing. sacramental wine: booze in the name of religion has A LTH O U G H TH E R E ’ S A FA I R LY F IX E D L ATIT U D E

WineforNormalPeople_INT_2G.indd 78-79

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

A Wine World Divided . . . Old World and New World

a big legacy. But wine culture spread beyond religious purpose, and countries like the United States (fourth in world wine production) and Argentina (fifth in world wine production) are now huge consumers and producers of wine. Apart from the legacy and location of the regions, some other things are different in each place: how they name wines, how the wine tastes, and each place’s philosophies on technology. Although there’s been cross-pollination of ideas in the wine world, these divisions still exist for the most part and probably will continue. A wine by any other name is the same?

OLD WOR LD VS . N EW WOR LD : PL ACE VS . G R APE To pause for a second, this is where lots of people abandon ship in the wine aisle, passing quickly over the European wines for something more user-friendly. Let’s prevent you from doing that. Here’s the deal: Old World producers generally name wines by place (there are some big exceptions, including the Dolcetto I mentioned in the story about my jerky boss in the introduction to the book). This means you have to know what grows in that place to know what’s in the bottle and know what style of wine is made in that place. WINE LABEL It matters and is worth knowing, so that’s A N ATO M Y covered in the next chapters. New World always names wines by the Sancerre = Loire Sauvignon Blanc grape or tells you explicitly if the wine is a blend (and often what’s in that blend). What this all boils down to is that the grapes you know and love are masquerading as place names on the bottles you may CH ATEAU NORM A L E or may not be able to read. I won’t bore you with an exhaustive list, but here are some good examples of different names for the same wine.

A Historical Dork-Out on Old World Naming It’s well documented that Romans spread viticulture (wine grape growing) all over Europe, and that part of what made

SANCERRE appellation sancerre controllée

2010 Producer

Vintage

5/10/18 12:24 PM

M A R C U S L U C I U S : Hey Antoninus A, great

day in the forum! Just saw a gladiator get his ass kicked by a lion. Very cool. So, I was up north pillaging and when we were done I picked up this vino. It’s pretty great. You want some?

A N T O N I U S : Definitely. Gimme a swig. What is it?

It’s Sancerre*

TR A N S L ATI N G O LD WO R LD N A M E S I NTO G R A P E N A M E S

(post swig) That’s good, dude. I’ve had Sancerre.* It’s that place that has white soil, no? I think I passed it when we were going west from pillaging Vouvray. Have you had that stuff? Unreal.

WH ITE S O L D WO R L D V S . N E W WO R L D

Chablis, White Burgundy, Pouilly Fuissé, Macon

Chardonnay

Sancerre, Pouilly Fumé, Bordeaux Blanc (although this is a blend with Semillon and Muscadelle)

Sauvignon Blanc

Condrieu

Viognier

Vouvray, Savenniéres

Chenin Blanc

R E DS O L D WO R L D V S . N E W WO R L D

Bordeaux

Some combination of Cabernet Sauvignon, Merlot, Cabernet Franc, Petit Verdot, Malbec, Carmenère

Red Burgundy

Pinot Noir

Côte Rôtie, Hermitage, St-Joseph, Cornas, Crozes-Hermitage

Syrah or Syrah blend

Côte-du-Rhône

Blend of different grapes (23 are allowed and there is a white version too), mostly Grenache, Syrah, and Mourvèdre

Chianti, Brunello di Montalcino

Sangiovese blend

Barolo, Barbaresco

Nebbiolo (the grape)

Rioja

Tempranillo blend

WineforNormalPeople_INT_2G.indd 80-81

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

spreading the practice easier was that there were lots of native grapes all over that darn continent—what we know today as France, Germany, Spain, and Portugal all had solid raw materials. As the Romans made wine in certain places and brought it back to the Mother Ship, they followed the ancient Greek tradition of noting the place from which it came, not the grapes from which it was made. These early imbibers would probably come home and say something like (disclosure: this is an historical reenactment, not direct quotes).

Yeah, I dig it.

I’m fully aware that these aren’t the Latin names for these places, but you get the point. * N OTE :

The Greeks started and the Romans continued the whole “name by place” business, but it was taken to a new extreme by the monks, the ultimate wine nerds (abstaining from lots of other fun stuff can mean you concentrate intensively on the one allowable fun subject). They studied individual vineyards and small plots of land in Germany and France and kept detailed records. These guys were all about how the place in which they grew influenced grape flavor. These Old World traditions live on. Think of it this way: it’s basically like signposts when you’re traveling in a foreign country. When you’re a tourist in Florence and you see a sign for the Duomo, you know what that means and what you’ll find (assuming you did research on the architecture in Florence beforehand). When you’re a “tourist” in a wine shop, you see a Chablis and you know what that means too (a highly acidic, unoaky Chardonnay from northern Burgundy). There’s no reason to get stressed out about European wines or to pass them over. Think about these wines as opportunities to learn something cool about a place where wine is made (and another place to put on the trip agenda for travel).

5/10/18 12:24 PM

Christmas with Dickens Seasonal recipes inspired by the life and work of Charles Dickens Pen Vogler No author is more closely associated with the food of Christmas than Charles Dickens, and with this collection you will be able to recreate classic Victorian dishes and drinks of the season, as featured in the writings of ‘the man who invented Christmas’.

From Mrs Cratchit’s plum pudding to Mr Pickwick’s 'mighty bowl of wassail', Charles Dickens's novels and other writings are alive with examples of good food being enjoyed in good company. In this selection of Victorian classics, updated for modern cooks, you will find old favourites for Christmas dinner such as roast goose and chestnut mince pies, plus recipes for entertaining, such as lobster patties and a Charlotte Russe. There’s even a recipe for a hand-raised pork pie to keep in the larder for unexpected visitors (or escaped convicts).

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

Pen Vogler is the author of Dinner with Mr Darcy, Tea with Jane Austen and Dinner with Dickens, all published by CICO Books. She writes and reviews on food history for the press, edited Penguin’s Great Food series, and has recreated recipes from the past for BBC Television. She lives in London.

Binding

Hardback

Key Information

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781782496458

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

20 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

In the same format as Tea with Jane Austen by the same author. By the author of Dinner with Mr Darcy (over 19,000 copies sold globally) and Dinner with Dickens. Dickens is not only one of the most loved writers in the English language, but also the one most closely associated with both food and Christmas.

CB1225 Christmas With DIckens DSJ v4

CONTENTS

ROAST GOOSE

Leicestershire Pork Pie 32 Pickled Leg of Pork 36 Gingerbread 40 Twelfth Cake 42 Ladies’ Fingers 46 Orange and Redcurrant Jellies 48 Charlotte Russe 50 French Plums 54 Dickens’ Punch 56 Wassail 58 Smoking Bishop 60

INTRODUCTION: Dickens

and Christmas Food...6

THE RECIPES

Lobster Patties 10 Pickled Salmon 13 Betsey Prig’s Twopenny Salad 16 Roast Goose 17 Roast Fowl with Tarragon 20 Mashed and Browned Potatoes 23 Cauliﬂower with Parmesan 24 Chestnut Mince Pies 26 Index 63 Christmas Pudding with Punch Bibliography 64 Sauce 29 Acknowledgments

Poor families would ensure that they got their Christmas goose by paying into a goose club and, without an oven, having it roasted by the baker. In A Christmas Carol, the Cratchit children go wild outside the bakery at the smell of sage-and-onion stuffing, and the whole family admire their goose’s flavor (and cheapness); Mrs. Cratchit ekes it out with apple sauce and mashed potatoes. A turkey, costlier and harder to buy in cities, is what the reformed Scrooge treats the Cratchit family to. 1 goose, about 11–13½ lb/5–6kg (with giblets and neck)

2 bay leaves

1 onion, peeled

1 tablespoon all-purpose/plain flour

a few sprigs of sage or thyme

For the stuffing

To serve

potatoes and/or root vegetables, for roasting alongside the goose unsweetened apple sauce/stewed apple

For the gravy

goose neck, chopped goose wings 1 carrot, roughly chopped 1 onion, roughly chopped

6 peppercorns

2 large onions, finely chopped 3 tablespoons freshly chopped sage 4 cups/200g stale breadcrumbs a little salt and freshly ground black pepper 2 free-range eggs a little hot stock SERVES 8–10

giblets

ROAST GOOSE WITH SAGE AND ONION STUFFING

Preheat the oven to 400°F/200°C/Gas 6. Chop off the wings and keep these for the stock. Pull out all the fat from inside the bird and cut off any extra visible fat. (Melt this fat gently in a saucepan, then strain it through a fine strainer/sieve or muslin. Keep in a jar in the fridge to roast vegetables or lean meat, such as rabbit.) To make the stuffing, sweat the onions in a little of the goose fat until they are translucent. Add the sage, breadcrumbs, and seasoning, and bind with the eggs and a few spoonfuls of hot stock—the mixture should be moist enough to bind together but not at all sloppy. You can cook the stuffing separately if you prefer (see page 104 for instructions). If you are using it to stuff the goose, you will need to weigh the stuffing first. 14 Roast Goose

When a goose is well picked, singed, and cleaned, make the stuffing with about two ounces of onion and half as much green sage, chop them very fine, adding four ounces, i.e. about a large breakfast-cupful of stale bread-crumbs, a bit of butter about as big as a walnut, and a very little pepper and salt (to this some cooks add half the liver, parboiling it first); the yolk of an egg or two, and incorporating the whole well together, stuff the goose; do not quite fill it, but leave a little room for the stuffing to swell; spit it, tie it on the spit at both ends, to prevent its swinging round, and to keep the stuffing from coming out. From an hour and a half to an hour and three-quarters, will roast a fine full-grown goose. Send up gravy and apple sauce with it. WILLIAM KITCHINER,

Apicius Redivivus, or The Cook’s Oracle, 1817 Roast Goose 15

CHRISTMAS PUDDING Plum puddings were ideal for special occasions; even the poor who had no oven could boil one up in the washing copper, like Mrs. Cratchit. Eliza Acton had almost certainly read A Christmas Carol; two years after it was published she was the first to rename plum pudding “Christmas Pudding.” Her recipe is still recommended by modern cookery writers for being both light and rich. 1 2/3 cups/170g grated suet (ask your butcher for approx. 7 oz/200g fresh beef-kidney suet) /3 cup/85g all-purpose/plain flour

a small pinch of salt 1½ cups/85g fresh white breadcrumbs ½ teaspoon apple pie spice/mixed spice 1½ cups/170g currants

¾ cup/115g apple, peeled, cored and roughly grated 3 extra-large (US)/large (UK) eggs, beaten /3 cup/140ml brandy

¾ cup/140g soft brown sugar

1½ cups/170g raisins

¾ cup/55g chopped candied/mixed peel

butter, for greasing You will need a 2½-pint/1.5-litre pudding basin SERVES 6–8

Prepare the beef-kidney suet by stripping out the membrane and colored spots, then grate on the coarse side of your grater, ending up with 12/3 cups/170g. Sift the flour and salt together, then mix with the remaining dry ingredients, the dried fruit, the candied/mixed peel, the grated apple, and the suet. Beat the eggs and brandy together, then stir the mixture into the dry ingredients. Mix it hard with a wooden spoon; make a wish as you do so. Grease your pudding basin and line the bottom with a circle of baking parchment paper. Pack the mixture into the basin. Cover with a square of parchment paper or greased greaseproof paper and a pudding cloth or piece of kitchen foil on top; make a pleat in both layers to allow room for expansion during cooking. Tie very tightly with string. Place the basin in a large pan and pour in enough boiling water to come about halfway up the basin; cover with a lid and steam or boil for 3½ hours, adding more boiling water to the pan as necessary so it doesn’t boil dry. When cooked, remove the paper and cloth or foil from the top of the basin and replace with fresh paper. Keep in a cool, dry place until required. Christmas Pudding 37

IW CB1225_CHRISTMAS_WITH_DICKENS_DSJ_03 v4.indd 2

07/02/2018 09:30

ScandiKitchen Christmas Recipes and traditions for a joyful jul Brontë Aurell Let Brontë Aurell of The ScandiKitchen Café show you how to celebrate your Christmas Scandi-style by sharing her delicious recipes and family traditions with you. Anyone who has ever been in Scandinavian in December will know that Scandinavians really love Christmas. From huddling up in candlelit snowed-in cottages to consuming glögg at every opportunity, Christmas is peak-hygge season all over Norway, Sweden and Denmark. Everything reverts back to tradition once Advent Sunday has come along. From saffron scented bakes to ‘gingerbread spice in everything!’, Christmas is the time to break the neverending darkness with edible treats and joyful feelings. Scandinavians visit friends and families taking along something home baked to share. They have Jul-Smörgåsbord parties where old and young celebrate with a spread of traditional dishes and delicacies. Everything they do for Jul is centred around food, tradition and home comforts. Join Bronte and feel the warmth, even when it’s cold outside!

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781788790253

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Brontë Aurell is a Danish entrepreneur, restauranteur and cook. Together with her Swedish husband Jonas, she runs the acclaimed ScandiKitchen Café and shop in central London. She began her career in food with Innocent smoothies, before moving on to run her own company. A keen cook herself, Brontë has been published widely in national magazines and newspapers, including The Guardian, The Times, Sunday Express, Olive, Hello, the Evening Standard’s ES Magazine. Brontë and her food have also featured on BBC Radio, Channel 4 and Danish TV. She lives in London with Jonas and their two young daughters.

Category

Food & Drink

Key Information

Format

276 x 208 mm

•

Extent

160pp

•

Illustrations

100 colour photographs

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

The follow up to Brontë Aurell’s highly popular books. The Scandi Kitchen sold over 16k copies globally and ScandiKitchen Fika and Hygge sold over 17k copies globally. Scandinavian food continues to be a top food trend. Brontë Aurell’s inclusive style has gained ScandiKitchen over 25k Facebook followers and @Scanditwitchen on Twitter has thousands of followers.

Roast Revolution Over 65 recipes for revamped roast dinners Kathy Kordalis Revolutionise your roasts with this sumptuous selection of contemporary roast dinner recipes, with ideas for meat, fish and inspired veggie centrepieces plus rib-sticking desserts and thirst-quenching cocktails. The eternally popular traditional roast is adored by many, they are comforting, delicious and great for feeding a crowd. With essential tips on timings, the art of meat and heat, cuts of meat and how to make vegetables the main event, this book will ensure you cook the perfect roast every time. The classic versions have endless possibility for variation – try Smoky Rosemary Lamb Neck Fillet with herby grain bowl and charred tomato yogurt dressing or Whole Baked Cauliflower with Chimichurri sauce served with Broad Bean and Pistachio Farro.

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

Raised by Greek parents in Sydney, Kathy Kordalis moved to London and entered the food world in a management role at the Divertimenti Cookery School. Now working as a freelance food stylist and writer, she is also the author of Party Food to Share, published by RPS. Kathy lives in London.

ISBN

9781788790277

Key Information

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

•

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

70 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

Roast dinners are eternally popular but are in need of a re-boot in line with today's more relaxed style of eating and entertaining. Roasts, also published by Ryland Peters & Small has sold over 20k copies globally.

RPS2003 Roast Revolution DSJ v2

ROAST

N O I T U L O V RE V The eternally popular traditional roast is adored by many â&#x20AC;&#x201C; they are comforting, delicious and great for feeding a crowd. With essential tips on timings, the art of meat and heat, cuts of meat and how to also make ďŹ sh or vegetables the main event, this book will ensure you cook the perfect roast every time. The classic versions have endless possibility for variation â&#x20AC;&#x201C; try Smoky Rosemary Lamb Neck Fillet with Herby

LEMON & OREGANO CHICKEN

w CARAMELISED LEMONS 7KLV GLVK LV QRW IRU WKH IDLQW KHDUWHG <RX 08Ĺ&#x160; OLNH WKH WDVWH RI OHPRQV 6RPHWLPHV , HDW WKHVH ZLWK WKH ELWWHU VNLQ VRPHWLPHV , HDW RQO\ WKH OHPRQ ÄžHVK RU HYHQ MXVW VTXHH]H WKHP RYHU P\ IRRG IRU D VWLFN\ WDUWQHVV ZLWK D PLOG KHDW 1 tablespoon softened butter 3 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil 1 tablespoon fresh oregano leaves, ďŹ nely chopped, or 1 teaspoon dried oregano 1 unwaxed lemon, zested and halved 1 whole head garlic, halved 1 x 1.8-kg/4-lb. whole chicken 4 fresh oregano sprigs (optional) 100 ml/1â &#x201E;3 cup chicken stock sea salt and cracked black pepper CARAMELISED LEMONS 2 unwaxed lemons, each cut into 8 wedges 3 tablespoons runny honey 1 teaspoon dried chilli/hot red pepper ďŹ&#x201A;akes, crushed 1 tablespoon extra virgin olive oil

Preheat the oven to 180Â°C (350Â°F) Gas 4. Mix the butter, olive oil, oregano and lemon zest with a little salt and pepper in a small bowl until combined. Use your ďŹ ngers to rub this mixture into the chicken. Sprinkle with salt and pepper and place the chicken in a large, lightly greased roasting pan. Fill the cavity with the halved lemon, half the head of garlic and 1 sprig of fresh oregano. Add the remaining oregano sprigs and garlic to the pan and pour in the stock. Roast in the preheated oven for 60â&#x20AC;&#x201C;70 minutes, until the chicken is golden and cooked through. Place the lemon wedges in a bowl. Add the honey, crushed chilli/hot pepper ďŹ&#x201A;akes and the extra virgin olive oil and tip onto a baking sheet. Add to the hot oven and roast for 30 minutes, adding more honey if needed. When the chicken is cooked, serve with the caramelised lemons on a platter.

SERVES 4â&#x20AC;&#x201C;6

Grain Bowl and Charred Tomato Yogurt Dressing or

Whole Baked CauliďŹ&#x201A;ower with Chimichurri sauce served with Broad Bean and Pistachio Farro. With more than 65 recipes and ideas to mix and match, your Sunday dinners will never be the same again.

30 ROAST REVOLUTION

Raised by Greek parents in Sydney, Australia, KATHY KORDALISâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; food style is light, relaxed and accessible, drawing inspiration from her Australian and Mediterranean heritage. A graduate of

SOY & BLACK SESAME BAKED MONK FISH FILLET

Leithâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s School of Food and Wine, Kathy originally moved to London and entered the professional

w SEAW D & SE ME CRUMB

food world in a management role at the Divertimenti Cookery School. Now working as a freelance food stylist and writer, her clients include Tesco Online and Waitrose Food Magazine, as well as chef Bill Granger. This is her second book for Ryland Peters & Small.

CONTENTS INTRODUCTION 6

5 LONG WEEKENDS 86

1 TWISTED CLASSICS 12

6 SENSATIONAL SIDES 106

2 FAST FOOD 26

7 TREATS & TIPPLES 122

0RQNÄ˝VK LV D VXEVWDQWLDO Ä˝VK WKDW LV JUHDW IRU URDVWLQJ DV LW VWDQGV XS WR WKH KHDW 7KH $VLDQ LQÄžXHQFHV DUH REYLRXV KHUH IURP WKH VHDZHHG DQG ZDVDEL FUXPE WR WKH YHJHWDEOHV VPRWKHUHG LQ D EXUQW WDPDUL EXWWHU 6W\OLVK QR IXVV HQWHUWDLQLQJ 1 x 1.5-kg/3 Âź-lb. monkďŹ sh tail (skinned and boned â&#x20AC;&#x201C; ask your ďŹ shmonger to do this) 1 thumb-size piece of fresh ginger, cleaned and julienned 1 unwaxed lime, cut into thin wedges 2 spring onions/scallions 2 garlic cloves, thinly sliced FOR THE MARINADE 4 tablespoons tamari or soy sauce 2 tablespoons sesame oil 1 tablespoon runny honey 1 garlic clove, ďŹ nely chopped 1 thumb-size piece of fresh ginger, ďŹ nely grated ďŹ nely grated zest and freshly squeezed juice of 1 unwaxed lime 1 tablespoon black sesame seeds

FOR THE SEAWEED SESAME CRUMB 2 tablespoons wasabi peas, coarsely blitzed in a food processor 1 tablespoon dried seaweed, crumbled 1 tablespoon black sesame seeds FOR THE VEGETABLES 4 pak choi/bok choy 200 g/7 oz. tenderstem broccoli 50 g/3 Â˝ tablespoons butter 2 tablespoons tamari or soy sauce 1 fresh red chilli/chile, ďŹ nely chopped 2 garlic cloves, crushed TO SERVE 200 g/14 oz. soba (buckwheat) noodles, cooked 4 spring onion/scallions, thinly sliced 1 small red fresh chilli/ chile, thinly sliced pickled ginger crispy daikon SERVES 4

3 SLOW & LOW 46

INDEX 142

4 MERRY MAKING 72

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 144

IW RPS2003 Roast Revolution DSJ v2.indd 2

Preheat the oven to 180Â°C (350Â°F) Gas 4. Lay the monkďŹ sh tail on a lined baking sheet and ďŹ ll the cut where the bone used to be with the ginger, lime, spring onions/scallions and garlic. Securely tie with string. In a small bowl mix the soy sauce, sesame oil, honey, garlic, ginger, lime juice and zest and add the black sesame seeds. Drizzle the mixture over the monkďŹ sh. Roast in the preheated oven for 20â&#x20AC;&#x201C;30 minutes, until cooked through. Make sure that you baste the ďŹ sh well during cooking. For the seaweed sesame crumb, mix the wasabi peas, seaweed and black sesame seeds together and set aside until needed. For the vegetables, prepare a large saucepan of boiling water. Add the tenderstem broccoli and cook for 3 minutes. Add the pak choi/bok choy and cook for 2 minutes. Meanwhile set a frying pan/skillet over medium heat. Add the butter and melt until foaming. The colour will progress from lemony-yellow to golden-tan and, ďŹ nally, a toastybrown. Once you smell that nutty aroma, add the tamari and chilli/chile, turn the heat to low and cook for 1 minute and ďŹ nally the garlic for 1 minute more. Drain the cooked vegetables and dress with the butter mixture. Serve alongside with monkďŹ sh with pickled ginger, seaweed crumb, spring onions/scallions, crispy daikon and soba noodles.

ROAST REVOLUTION 75

16/02/2018 11:40

Nordic Bakery Cookbook Miisa Mink Revel in the delights of Nordic baking with this treasure trove of Norway’s tastiest and most traditional recipes!

'Mink's effortless recipes, peppered with foodie reminiscing and mouthwatering photos, will cement this book as your go-to bakery manual all year round.' Making magazine.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781788790444

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

60+ colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Revel in the delights of Nordic baking with this treasure trove of Norway’s tastiest and most traditional recipes! The Scandinavian countries are not often known for their baking – not like the French are known for their patisserie, or the Greeks for their syrupy delights – but with their modestly decorated cakes, buns and biscuits, Scandinavian recipes are some of the best, and are always bursting with flavour! The Nordic Bakery is a small chain of highly successful little cafés that are dotted around London, all of which reflect the wholesome but comforting style of baking in Scandinavia. The emphasis is on fresh, seasonal produce and healthier baking ingredients, such as rye flour, oats and barley, and the rustic but modern menu includes open rye-bread sandwiches, cakes and cinnamon buns. The Nordic Bakery Cookbook allows you to bake your own bread, such as the popular rye bread, savoury pastries, cakes, sweet buns, desserts and biscuits in your own home.

Author Details Finnish-born Jali Wahlsten had a vision of bringing Nordic ‘dark rye bread, cinnamon buns and coffee’ to London and in 2007 opened the Nordic Bakery in Soho. This, the bakery’s first cookbook, was conceived by Jali’s wife Marianna Wahlsten, a journalist and photographer, and written by Miisa Mink, an investor in the business. Miisa comes from a family of passionate bakers. She has had a successful career in branding and design, but in 2007 she decided to leave the corporate life and become a partner in the Nordic Bakery.

Key Information • • •

The original bestselling edition sold over 20,000 copies. Nordic food is increasingly popular thanks to its healthy and honest emphasis on fresh, seasonal produce and nutritious, low-GI ingredients. Nordic Bakery has stores in London’s Soho, Marylebone, Baker Street and Covent Garden.

Campout Cookbook, The Inspired Recipes for Cooking Around the Fire and Under the Stars Marnie Hanel and Jen Stevenson Camp food has never been tastier, easier, or more stylish with more than 75 recipes and countless tips from the authors of the IACP Award–winning The Picnic. Forget freeze-dried astronaut meals and bags of stale, store-bought scroggin. Finally, here’s a cookbook that complements the magic of gathering around a campfire and sharing a meal with friends. From the IACP Award–winning authors of The Picni c, which brought taste and style to eating outdoors during the day, comes its companion, for leaving civilisation behind and dining under the stars. A mix of dishes to make ahead and meals to cook on-site, The Campout Cookbook includes more than 75 recipes for wood-fired skillet pizzas; backcountry stews and chilies; fire-roasted vegetables and cast-iron breads; unexpected dips, jerkies, and high-energy bars; breakfasts to satisfy that yawning hunger that comes from sleeping in the fresh air; s’mores, of course; and cocktails, coolers, warm libations for chilly nights, and a Blood Orange Bug Juice. Plus there’s inspiration and know-how for every avid camper and enthusiastic neophyte: How to find a suitable campsite and build a campfire specifically for cooking over, and how to keep it going. Stargazing for city slickers. A troubleshooting guide. And the definitive packing list and camp kitchen essentials. Just add a few scary stories for a truly memorable campout.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781579657994

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

159 x 235 mm

•

Extent

192pp

•

Illustrations

100 illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Marnie Hanel and Jen Stevenson are the authors of The Picnic , winner of the 2016 IACP Award for Best General Cookbook. Hanel is a journalist who writes about the wild, wonderful way we live for The New York Times Magazine, Food & Wine , and Vanity Fair . Stevenson eats and tells on her Portland food blog Under the Table with Jen , and is the author of Portland’s 100 Best Places to Stuff Your Faces .They both live in Portland, Oregon.

Key Information • •

More than 75 recipes for trail snacks and sides, easy coal-fired dinners, s’mores, morning meals, and more. Learn how to scout the best camp spot, light a fire and keep it going, and pack your backpack, plus 99 uses for a thermos and hundreds of other tips and tricks to make a campout experience comfy. Ingenious ideas: For foil-packet meals, s’mores nachos, chocolate cake baked over the fire, and more. Stylish package and low price: With full-colour illustrations by acclaimed illustrator Emily Isabella on every page.

Elevating the Art of Eating Under the Stars

▲ Author photos © Gordon M. Grant (Hanel) and Leela Cyd (Stevenson)

Marnie Hanel and Jen Stevenson are the authors of The Picnic, winner of the 2016 IACP Award for Best General Cookbook. Hanel is a journalist who writes about the wild, wonderful way we live for The New York Times Magazine, Food & Wine, and Vanity Fair. Stevenson eats and tells on her Portland food blog, Under the Table with Jen, and is the author of Portland’s 100 Best Places to Stuff Your Face. Both authors live in Portland, Oregon.

The definitive list of what to pack (and what to leave behind)

▲

ABOUT THE AUTHORS

75 recipes for dishes to make ahead or prepare on-site, including trail snacks, coal-fired dinners, morning meals, desserts, cocktails, and more

▲

Forget freeze-dried astronaut meals and bags of stale store-bought gorp. Finally, here’s a cookbook that heightens the appeal of gathering around a campfire and sharing a meal with friends. From the IACP Award–winning authors of The Picnic, which brought taste and style to eating outdoors (in the daytime), comes its companion, for dining under the stars. The Campout Cookbook includes 75 recipes for wood-fired skillet pizzas; backcountry stews and chilies; fire-roasted vegetables and cast-iron breads; unexpected dips, jerkies, and high-energy bars; breakfasts to satisfy the yawning hunger that comes from sleeping in the fresh air; s’mores, of course (Dark Chocolate Raspberry Caramel Fire Ban S’mores, anyone?); and cocktails, coolers, warm libations for chilly nights, and a Blood Orange Bug Juice. Plus there’s inspiration and know-how for every avid camper and enthusiastic neophyte: how to find a suitable campsite and build a campfire specifically for cooking, and how to keep it going. Stargazing for city slickers. A troubleshooting guide. The definitive packing list, plus 99 ideas for how to use a thermos. Just add a few scary stories for a truly memorable campout.

In this book, readers will find:

Advice and inspiration for the perfect campsite spread, including menu suggestions and tips to ensure campout success

Scotch Whisky Tom Forest and Bruce Gardyne

The Gaelic word for whisky is Uisge beatha, translated literally as 'water of life.' That is as a good a starting place as any to enjoy whisky, as a connoisseur, taster or just an occasional tippler. This beautifully produced volume, The Story of Scotch Whisky goes on an incredible journey around Scotland and back in time too. Written by a Scotsman who considers it a blessing to grow up with Scotch whisky, you will learn about the history of whisky distillation, the famous men whose passion can be found in their special malts, and take tours of the main whisky regions, including the Western Isles, Speyside, Highlands, Lowlands, and Campbeltown, visiting some of the greatest names in the production of Scotch, The Glenlivet, Ardbeg, Glenmorangie, Balvenie, Talisker – other brands (more than 100 of them) are available. Written with a passion and love for the subject The Story of Scotch Whisky is complemented by stunning photographs, maps and artworks. It make this superb book a unique insight into Scotch whisky, one of the world's most loved drinks.

Author Details Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787391499

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

180 x 125 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Approx. 125 colour and black & white illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Tom Bruce-Gardyne, a Scotsman from Edinburgh, is a journalist and author who has enjoyed a love affair with his native city and scotch whisky. He is a regular columnist for the Herald & Times newspaper group in Edinburgh and his books include The Scotch Whisky Book and The Deuchars Guide to Edinburgh Pubs. He has also written Souvenir Guides on Scotch Whisky and The Royal Mile.

Key Information • • • •

Republished in a brand new format, this is a pocket-sized visual guide to everything that is good about scotch whisky, from the distilling process to drinking. Written by an author whose love and knowledge of the subject shines though, complemented by stunning illustrations. The SWA estimated that one billion bottles of Scotch were exported to around 176 countries in 2015. More than 50 of the 100-plus active whisky distilleries in Scotland are featured in this volume and nine new distilleries have opened since 2013; many of them – especially the larger ones – offer visitors organised tours of the distillery, together with a sampling session.

New York Splendor Wendy Moonan Design authority Wendy Moonan takes the reader on a tour of some of New York City's finest private rooms, past and present. These New York residential interiors have all been selected for their "wow" factor – rooms that elicit gasps of pleasure and surprise when first seen. Most of them have been created by the top talents of the day. Some are very grand, others sparingly modern or eclectic. All are exceptional and, Moonan promises, unforgettable. The book presents a range of spaces by the design stars of today, alongside rooms that no longer exist but that are remembered by the design cognoscenti. Groundbreaking interiors include Brooke Astor's elegant library by Albert Hadley; Gloria Vanderbilt's sublime patchwork bedroom; Donald Judd's dramatically spare art-filled loft; Adolfo's opulent uptown rooms; a Peter Marino-designed penthouse atop the Four Seasons hotel; Susan Gutfreund's own lavish winter garden; Jamie Drake's stunning designs for the mayor's residence, Gracie Mansion; and strikingly different approaches to rooms at the famous apartment house The Dakota, from Joanne de Palma and Ward Bennett. Publication

01 December 2018

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$140.00

ISBN

9780847846351

Longtime New Yorker Wendy Moonan has been writing about architecture, design, and antiques for thirty years for the New York Times, Town & Country, House & Garden, Architectural Digest, Galerie Magazine, and 1stdibs.com. She studied at Wellesley and the Sorbonne, and was a Nieman Fellow at Harvard. Nonetheless, she says she learned more by sitting in the living rooms of connoisseurs, artists, and patrons than anywhere else.

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Key Information

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

305 x 248 mm

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

200 colour and b&w photographs

Age Range

Terms

•

Books on interiors are in constant demand by design professionals and enthusiasts of the good life. This book gives a behind-the-scenes view of some of the city's most spectacular rooms – an interior-design tour of New York City. For the first time rooms that are known to, and constantly referenced by, leading designers and architects can be seen in a single volume. New York is the epicenter of interior-design innovations. Residents embrace myriad styles – from pure period historicism to bracing modernity. All styles are represented here – from an art-filled loft in SoHo to over-the-top opulence on the Upper East Side. This book gives an insider's look at the residential treasures of New York. Moonan has been writing for some of the top interiors magazines in the city for the past thirty years. Her insight into (and selection of) the featured interiors give the reader a design tour from someone who intimately knows (and loves) the city that never sleeps.

Footer

Period Piece

Joanne De Palma Veteran New York designer Joanne De Palma had the patience and commitment to take on a multi-year

decoration project for beloved clients who live in a landmarked late nineteenth-century building on Central Park West. The couple wanted to furnish the duplex with late nineteenth-century period pieces and got involved in the long hunt for appropriate antiques, including period lighting. For the cavernous library, De Palma’s approach was to begin with the rug. “I wanted a rug with clear colors that would lift the original dark millwork,” she says. The designer found an antique Donegal Arts and Crafts carpet, circa 1900, in teal blue and vibrant green with a floral border. “The colors are so vivid I knew I had to design a custom wall and curtain fabric, and logically thought of William Morris,” De Palma says. “I adapted a Morris pattern to go with the rug.” She glazed the cornice and ceiling in layers of blues and greens, hung a large harp-form hall pendant lamp, American circa 1860, added a fringed Carlo Bugatti chair with brass, copper, and pewter inlay and located a pair of late nineteenth-century ebonized library benches with lion-monopodia legs. The round center table with the painted columnar base is Italian, circa 1830. The charming French diorama behind the sofa depicts carved wood models of songbirds perching in a tree, circa 1860. The room is enchanting by day, but wildly romantic by night.

Footer

Borromeo Palace on Lake Maggiore Stefano Zuffi This stunning book offers insider access to Lake Maggiore's Borromeo Palace, a resplendent achievement of baroque Italian architecture. This is a perfect volume for classic Italian art and architecture lovers. In a uniquely enchanting natural setting – the Isola Bella island on Lake Maggiore surrounded by the Alps – stands the sumptuous palace built, and still owned, by the Borromeo family. This book is a beautiful presentation of this remarkable example of baroque architecture in Italy, featuring its stunning interiors enriched by an important collection of antique furniture and works of art.

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$85.00

ISBN

9788891817983

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

305 x 246 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

120 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Stefano Zuffi is an independent art historian focusing on art of the Renaissance and Baroque periods. He is Cultural Attachè of the Association "Amici di Brera" and the president of the Association "Amici del Poldi Pezzoli." Massimo Listri is an Italian photographer who specialises in architectural photography. Already a long-time collaborator of FMR magazine, he has published several books and exhibited his photographs in museums in Italy and abroad, including the Vatican Museum, Kunsthistorisches Museum, and the Morgan Library & Museum.

Key Information • •

• •

A baroque jewel on the water: The palace's halls and rooms are furnished with luxury furniture, marble and stucco decorations, and enriched with ancient sculptures, armory, and a valuable collection of six Flemish tapestries woven in gold and silk. A museum within a museum: There are 130 paintings, Italian and Flemish, ranging from the fifteenth to the seventeenth centuries, including several by old masters such as Rubens, Titian, Paolo Veronese, Andrea Mantegna, Van Dyck, and José Ribera. The Nymphaeum: On the first floor below is the Nymphaeum conceived by Vitaliano Borromeo as a cool place for recreation, decorated with black-and-white river pebbles and slivers of tufa. It is considered a masterpiece of its kind in the Baroque era. Historical legacy: The book will feature Napoleon's Room, where Napoleon stayed with his wife Josephine in 1797, and the music hall where the Stresa Conference took place in 1935.

L’ISOLA BELLA E I BORROMEO

I I BORROMEO E L’ISOLA BELLA

L’ISOLA BELLA E I BORROMEO

Dietro all’imponente facciata, òÌ ß Å ĉĉÓ Ë «Ì³Ĕ Ë Ìí Óâ íÓ e ricco di arredi e capolavori dell’arte

Nuvehen ditrari tressi sentem ingul halicam in nente, ste tanditid ate ad crum, ute quos crum sum, et; igiterit; nonlost raturs pultiam, ci inter ad catraven audet em sendentem iae, consulium ex se aciptero, quod ium eore eo catiam pravoc, patiquam et occhuideps, quemporsum ³Å íòâ ³ ÓÌĔíϟ ] æ ÌòË Ë ßÓßòÅ³æϤ ³Ìí â í Óí³ ßÓÌ Ë áò Ëáò Ë æ Ì Ë ßò Å³Ϛ ËÓ âĔâ ß âòË ³ Ë ò â Ì³Ë æò Ë ÅÓ«Óâ æ ªò³í æ Ëß â Óâ íÓâ³ Å Óâ í Óâ æòæ lasus d qui non esto volor simetus, temoluptur aolas numerare. + Ì³Ë «Ì³æ æí³òÌí³òæ ³òæ æ í òÅÅ Óâ òí ÓªĔ ³ ÓÌ ßâ Å òæ ³ æ â âòßí æ ýÓÅÅòßí í Ë doluptis ant et moluptis es exeriatur, ut aditatet esed modit, sitatiora vent ommolesti alia doluptam dolum haria sedioritias Magnatibus. Oratiossit, ommoluptis eaquatiorpor ad qui non esto volor simetus, temoluptur aut aboreri int. Obis mint velibus cus molum qui dem untur sanihillatis dolut et et et voluptat re nessunt quis estemol laudam, sundusto temporemque volorro vitate rest as et volupti re omnihil mi, coresenimil magnim corrorrum unte sent liquatibus. Icia voloritatius sit ommod estibus volo blaudam, am, sim fugit, nus qui omnim simusanis am ipsandis doloreium et lacia venditatur ad quias volorio. Et odignis preped et alia nempelit, áò æ í ªò«³í áò³ òæ ÓÅòË òí ææ Ìí â Ϛ ÓªĔ ³ í Ë æ áò Ë ³ áò Ë áò òÅ Å òßí³æ que perio. Nequi rerum ipsam estrum, soloritem imil inci dolorupti blate nusae nusdae ipsapis sum fugiaes eos illique eaturitatet maio tem velibus, consectatem re ne volo blab ipis adipsapis eicimus. Pidit invellessus ea pe inusa dolorendis nem eium resequi ut volest earum rem qui autempo resectur alibus maximpo reperspe comnitam quatur, unt odit omniet od eum ullam. Obis mint velibus cus molum tuam semper fuit lora assama.

/ GLI ARAZZI /

Lotta tra bene e male 1565 circa trama di lana e seta ÓÌ ĔÅ³ ЕÓâÓ Е â« ÌíÓ 502x412 cm

Ingul halicam in nente, ste tanditid ate ad crum, ute

quos crum sum, et; igiterit; nonlost raturs pultiam, ci

inter ad catraven audet em

sendentem iae, consulium ex se aciptero, quod ium eore

eo catiam pravoc, patiquam

et occhuideps, quemporsum

³Å íòâ ³ ÓÌĔíϟ ] æ ÌòË Ë populis; interet ad cotiae ËÓ âĔâ ß âòË ³ Ë

ò â Ì³Ë æò Ë ÅÓ«Óâ æϟ Henimagnis estiuntius ius

æ í òÅÅ Óâ òí ÓªĔ ³ ÓÌ prae laccuscides reruptas volluptatem doluptis ant

etnoras moluptis es exeriatur, òí ³í í í Å³ æ æòß â ϟ Sitatiora vent ommolesti æ ³Óâ³í³ æ C «Ì í³ òæϟ Oratiossit, ommoluptis

eaquatiorpor ad qui non esto

volor simetus, temoluptur aut Óâ â³ ³Ìíϟ J ³æ Ë³Ìí ý Å³ òæ cus molum qui dem untur

sanihillatis dolut et voluptat re nessunt quis estemol laudam, sundusto temporemque

volorro vitate rest as et volupti re omnihil mi, coresenimil magnim corrorrum unte

âÓý âæ æ º æ Ìí Å³áò í³ òæϟ Icia voloritatius sit ommod estibus volo blaudam,

am, sim fugit, nus qui ìora

í ËßÓâ Ëáò ýÓÅÓââÓ íÌÓâ æϟ

Inspirational interiors Classic English Interiors from Colefax & Fowler Roger Banks-Pye Discover the world of decorating in the classic English style as revealed by Roger Banks-Pye of legendary English decorating company Colefax and Fowler. Roger Banks-Pye was one of the most sought-after interior decorators of his time. Design director at the doyen of interior decoration Colefax and Fowler, his work appears traditional at first glance but is in fact spiced with innovation, originality and irreverence. This classic volume shows the decorator at work in a selection of the private homes he transformed with flair and panache, from a London studio flat decorated on a shoestring to a Scottish hunting lodge where money was no object. This book is a record of the spaces he created and there are accessible, practical and creative ideas to be picked up on each and every page. Inspirational Interiors allows a privileged glimpse into his unique world of style.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$65.00

ISBN

9781788790475

Roger Banks-Pye was interior design director for Colefax and Fowler, the legendary English interior decoration, fabric and wallpaper company founded in 1934 by Sibyl Colefax and John Fowler. His connection with the firm began in in 1977, when he embarked on a career with the company that spanned 20 years. Roger Banks-Pye died in 1996.

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

292 x 244 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

350 colour photographs and 50 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

An interior design classic, selling over 85k copies since first publication. Published in association with Colefax and Fowler, the long-established interior decorators and arbiters of the English country house look. Discover the secret of creating classic English style with a dash of invention and originality. Richly illustrated with photographs and colour illustrations that provide a detailed look at interior schemes.

RPS2016 Inspirational Interiors UK v1

Pictures Roger has positive views when he is discussing the merits of decorating with pictures. ‘When choosing pictures, remember that you’re not just filling up space on the wall. Don’t be afraid to add an element of surprise, such as I have done with the unusual portrait of a black man in 18th-century costume which hangs in my London sitting room or the horribly graphic oil painting of people being eaten alive by lions.’ If his clients happen to have a lovely 18th-century painting or two, he will understand the need to show them off to their best advantage within the right decorative framework. For example, the colours in the room should always bow to the painting’s colour tones that will have naturally changed and darkened with age, which is especially noticeable in the whites. There must therefore be no pure white in the room because this would have the inevitable and unfortunate effect of making the picture look as if it is covered in soot. Naturally, the same rule applies to antique materials or an old piece of needlework or a prized item of antique furniture whose wood has mellowed into a handsome patinated surface. If the client has a serious art collection, it becomes the principal consideration that must be reflected in the choice of other

A strong graphic effect is achieved by grouping pictures together in a block (left). The linen drapes, secured by tapes, (above) are a practical addition to stop the etchings from fading in sunight. The decorative value of pictures is greatly enhanced by placing them in conjunction with other objects in a carefully balanced arrangement (right).

175 IW RPS2016 166-185 Inspirational Interiors.indd 174

20/06/2018 16:57

IW RPS2016 166-185 Inspirational Interiors.indd 175

20/06/2018 16:57

RPS2016 Inspirational Interiors UK v1

D ECO RA TIV E D E TAILS

Pictures

up an image that you like on a colour photo-

influenced by his sharp eye for graphic

copier and frame it. Look for the unexpected

effects. The same ‘block’ treatment has been

or curiosities. It is so easy to get an instant

applied to the arrangement of Gainsborough

effect now. But whatever you do, get away

etchings shown on the previous pages. Their

from those dreary little prints in dull little

impact is greatly emphasized by their prox-

frames,’ he advises. In his own homes, he has

imity to each other, while the plain frames do

an eclectic assortment of pictures from the

not detract from the content.

noble and rare to the positively idiosyncratic.

If you are dealing with a few select

There are miniatures and silhouettes, beauti-

unrelated items, they should be hung in a

fully detailed prints of Persian noblemen and

way that considers the distribution of space

a vast oil painting of The Durbar at Bharatpur

between the objects, which is just as important

which suits the backdrop of Indian-esque

as the objects themselves. Different players in the scene can relate to each other in perfect

‘Hang pictures in verticals or put up twenty watercoloursto make a square. Never stagger pictures or make blocks of little pictures.’

harmony because of the balance of space between them. Another way Roger likes to use smaller pictures is to hang them so that the vertical line is emphasized, particularly on either side of the fireplace. Of course, this is a traditional method of hanging but he uses a deliberately graphic distribution of shapes.

decorative elements. Apart from colour sensi-

Small pictures can be visually anchored by

tivity in regard to general decorative effects,

linking them together with ribbon or chain (above

the curtain treatment, for example, should

left) and sometimes the subject’s decorative value

fabric on the walls. There is a small print of an Italian clown inside a frame decorated

postage mark: here their graphic quality can

Geometric emphasis is given by hanging

Here, the geometric forms are alternated –

be appreciated. The fragments of American

rectangular and circular frames alternately (above

circle, rectangle, circle, and so on – to add

right). The homespun samples (above left) and

with a harlequin pattern, bought by Roger

homespun conform to this ‘Readymade’ con-

in Venice, and even some sheets of postage

cept. These document pieces were originally

works of art for the attention of the on-look-

stamps framed in gilt-wood and standing on

simply woven as cloth samples, but they have

Provided that the colours are not loud

er’s admiring eye. Although one aspect of the

miniature table easels.

now been given a place of honour on the wall

and the design not overbearing, patterned

be simplified so as not to compete with the

may be increased by giving it a visually strong frame such as the painted harlequin one below.

the sheet of stamps (below) are modern day ‘Readymades’ – everyday objects presented as art.

another dimension to the value of the works of art themselves.

scheme should not suffer because of another,

This is exactly the sort of thing that the

of a client’s home, hung together in individ-

wall hangings make good backdrops to

nevertheless things of equal weight may be

early 20th-century artist Marcel Duchamp

ually framed segments to make one ‘picture’.

unrelated objects. This is illustrated in

put together as long as the concepts are in

would have done: he became famous for his

When dealing with the arrangement of a

Roger’s own drawing room where pictures,

sympathy.

‘Readymades’, which were the kind of every-

number of related pictures on one wall, Roger

among other objects, are hung on top of the

In truth, Roger doesn’t feel that fine paint-

day objects that had no connection with art

suggests that they should be geometrically

fabric-draped walls. He also likes to hang

ings have to contribute to being a part of his

within the boundaries of their normal usage

laid out, rather than staggered. ‘I like to hang

pictures from open book shelves, replacing

decorative schemes. His advice is to use what

but became art when he placed them in a

pictures in vertical stripes or in squares

the serried ranks of photographs and ill-con-

you happen upon and whatever your imagin-

‘gallery’ context. Roger has achieved a simi-

so that you get a group of pictures framed

sidered bits and pieces of random ornament

ation can conjure up in a thoughtful way. To

lar effect with the stamps, which are seen as

together to make up a block,’ he explains.

he dislikes, but the pictures need to be a good

him, the decorative effect and the little joke

a repeat pattern rather than distributed indi-

This style of framing is a good example of how

strong shape so they don’t get lost against the

are the things that make a good picture. ‘Blow

vidually on envelopes and obscured by the

his views on picture display and hanging is

backdrop of books. He advocates hanging

176 IW RPS2016 166-185 Inspirational Interiors.indd 176

177 20/06/2018 16:57

IW RPS2016 166-185 Inspirational Interiors.indd 177

20/06/2018 16:57

RPS2016 Inspirational Interiors UK v1

D ECO RA TIV E D E TAILS

paintings up against the window or on a door and also likes the idea of an ever-changing scene. ‘I love the spontaneous and temporary feel of pictures propped up on the mantel shelf.’ This he has done in the Greens’ dining room where one Matisse line drawing leans against another, making a far more attractive arrangement than if the pictures had been hung on the wall. This off-hand treatment reflects the casual and almost throwaway nature of the sketches perfectly. Roger is amused by the visual stimulus of quirky, asymmetric displays from time to time and much admired such a grouping in an American client’s home. When she first arrived in her country residence, there were not many pictures to fill the large amount of wall space, so she hung up an 18th-century carved wooden fire surround some way off the floor instead. As her collection of paintings grew, the partially painted fireplace remained to become an integral part of the arrangement. ‘When I entered the room for the first time, the fireplace hanging on the wall was the first thing I saw,’ Roger recalls. ‘It was filled with and surrounded by Gainsborough etchings and the way she arranged those and some plates around them was utterly individual. I realized there and then that I had met a woman with great style.’ Just as a fire surround becomes a ‘picture’ without a fireplace, picture frames may be used as an amusing decorative device in their own right. This is illustrated in the entrance hall of the same house, where a tiny picture is set within an oversize frame. In Trudi Ballard’s flat a magnificent Rococo-style mirror frame is set off-centre over the fireplace and is surrounded by a monochromatic display of creamware dishes. Of course, with Roger’s fertile imagination, such scenes change from week to week, so what is here today may very well be gone tomorrow. But overall, he has a strong faith in the innovative ways people use pictures of all sorts. Pictures add individualism and expression to a home in a way that other, less personal, decorations cannot, so intimate is their identity. Choices are infinitely diverse and there is something to suit everybody’s taste and purse.

Pictures should interact with other elements in a room. Roger’s instinct is to handle a picture according to its visual content rather than its monetary value or artistic pedigree. Here, one Matisse line drawing is casually propped up against another, their simple form being echoed by the attenuated lines in the humble arrangement of bare twigs on the table of this understated, beautifully crafted dining room.

178 IW RPS2016 166-185 Inspirational Interiors.indd 178

20/06/2018 16:57

IW RPS2016 166-185 Inspirational Interiors.indd 179

20/06/2018 16:57

The The Art of Ralph Breaks the Internet: Wreck-It Ralph 2 Jessica Julius In the follow-up to the Oscar- and Golden Globe-nominated film Wreck-It Ralph , Ralph leaves his arcade for the expansive world of the Internet. It's a world we think we know, but Disney's artists show it in an all-new, imaginative way. The Art of Ralph Wrecks The Internet: Wreck-It Ralph 2, opens a window into their extensive creative endeavour. Opening with a foreword by John Lasseter and an introduction by directors Rich Moore and Phil Johnston, this Art Of follows the development of the movie from concept to final render—including character sketches, storyboards, colourscripts, and more — making this a must-have for fans of both the original film and this highly-anticipated sequel. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$70.00

ISBN

9781452163680

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

229 x 279 mm

Extent

168pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Jessica Julius is director of creative affairs at Walt Disney Animation Studios and author of The Art of Moana and The Art of Zootopia . She lives in Los Angeles. Rich Moore directed Walt Disney Animation Studio's 2012 Wreck-It Ralph and was one of the three original directors on The Simpsons . Phil Johnston is a film and television writer whose first Disney movie was Wreck-It Ralph .

Key Information • Successful Series: with over 20 books in this series, Disney/Pixar's Art Of... continues to sell in various channels and backlist well for the holidays. • Wreck-It Ralph was nominated for an Oscar and a Golden Globe and this is a much-anticipated sequel. • Features exclusive full-colour concept art for the making of the film – these books are beloved collectibles for fans of the films and serve as a great resources for animators and animation students

Italian Frescoes Tomaso Montanari A tribute to the excellence of Italian frescoes in an oversized volume, featuring the paintings in reproductions of extraordinary quality. A lavish, oversized volume entirely devoted to the art of fresco painting in Italy. Starting with Giotto, the great pictorial cycles that have decorated churches and noble palaces across the centuries – from the fourteenth century to the golden centuries of the Renaissance, the Baroque, and the Venetian eighteenth century – are all presented in stunning reproductions.

Author Details Tomaso Montanari is an art historian who specialises in the Baroque period. Formerly a pupil of Paola Barocchi at the Scuola Normale of Pisa, he is a professor at the University of Naples. As a columnist for several Italian newspapers, Montanari is one of today's most influential and original voices on the preservation of Italy's artistic heritage. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$250.00

ISBN

9788891817570

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

400 x 337 mm

Extent

400pp

Illustrations

370 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Key Information •

• •

•

Between the fourteenth and the eighteenth centuries, fresco painting was to be found across all regions of Italy, with the highest artistic results in Milan, Padua, Venice, Florence, Tuscany, Assisi, and Rome. This volume aims to illustrate the most significant periods still visible today in churches, convents, and in the palaces of the Italian courts, as well as in the villas of the enlightened aristocracy. Insightful texts: An introduction written by a well-known historian of Italian art narrates how the art of fresco painting originated and developed in Italy. Each period is also briefly introduced by a factsheet. Partnership with the Scala Archives in Florence guarantees the highest photographic quality, with all images displayed full-page, along with several close-ups that allow the reader to observe details of the artwork in a way that, in reality, would be close to impossible, as many frescoes are painted on walls, vaults, and domes. Perfect gift for art lovers: With its large format and extraordinary reproductions, this book is the perfect volume for any art lover's library.

Pintoricchio (Perugia ca. 1454 – Siena 1513) he Life of Pope Pius II: Emperor Frederick II meets Eleonora of Aragon Leben Pius II.: Trefen von Friedrich III. und Eleonora d’Aragona Vie de Pie II : Rencontre entre Frédéric III et Éléonore d’Aragon Leven van Pius II: Ontmoeting tussen Frederik II en Eleonora van Aragon 1502–1507 Libreria Piccolomini, Duomo, Siena

Andre Saravia Andre Saraiva The first and much-anticipated book by visual artist, club creator, and nightlife impresario Andre Saraiva presents his wide range of works, from street art and contemporary art to graphic design, photography, and his influences on fashion and nightlife. Chances are that while you've been strolling through the streets of Paris, London, New York, Los Angeles, you may have caught a glimpse of Saraiva's eye-popping signature graffiti as Mr. A on a random street wall: top hat on a circular head, gangly legs, "XO" eyes. Or you may have seen him in the Banksy film, Exit Through The Gift Shop; spied him in the front rows of the Paris Fashion Week shows; paged through his L'Officiel Homme magazine; or seen him at one of his many chic nightclubs. There's no question that Saraiva is the definition of rakish cool. André Saraiva is a never-before-seen look at the artist's many spheres: street culture, contemporary art, graphic design, photography, fashion, and nightlife. This visual journey is an interactive and striking object itself, with a vibrant pink cloth cover, André's distinctive handwriting in foil, and also includes 5 artful pop-ups he designed. It follows Saraiva's art/life trajectory, and includes his Instagram-worthy tags on the streets of Paris; countless silk-screened posters; paintings and sculpture; creative collaborations with Chanel, Louis Vuitton, and Colette; and additional ephemera he's collected during his travels. André Saraiva is the story of this cultural force of nature. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$99.00

ISBN

9780847858637

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

320 x 220 mm

Extent

248pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Graffiti and visual artist André Saraiva is well known for his street art alter-ego "Mr. A." He is also owner of the Le Baron New York, Paris, London, and Tokyo clubs and newly opened Café Henrie in New York. Olivier Zahm was an art critic for Artforum and Flash Art before co-founding Purple magazine in 1992 with Elein Fleiss. Zahm currently continues to be the head of Purple Fashion Magazine as well as working as an artistic director for fashion brands such as Yves Saint Laurent. Jeffrey Deitch is an American art dealer and curator.

Key Information • •

• •

Saraiva is a media darling internationally and in the U.S., regularly appearing in the pages of The New York Times, Vogue, GQ, and countless online publications and blogs. Saraiva began his career as an artist operating outside the law on the streets of Paris, tagging and drawing his famous Mr. A character. Although he still tags public spaces, André's career as an artist has expanded well beyond his initial graffiti art beginnings, including painting, photography, and sculpture. He has had solo exhibitions at such institutions including Air de Paris, The Hole gallery, Circle Culture, and Half Gallery, to name a few. In 2011, he participated in MoCA Los Angeles's Art in the Streets exhibition. Saraiva moves through countless art, fashion, and design circles, and he has collaborated with such photographers and artists as: JR, Shepard Fairey, Banksy, Terry Richardson, Olivier Zahm, and Spike Jonze, to name only a few. The book will contain artwork and personal ephemera that has never before been seen, giving the reader an intimate look into Saraiva's world.

Ryan McGinley Ryan McGinley Ryan McGinley, one of the most important photographers of his generation, asks his friends and colleagues to take the camera into their own hands. Following instructions given to them by the artist, a group of individuals explore their own image.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$99.00

ISBN

9780847863471

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

279 x 216 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography

Age Range

Terms

Ryan McGinley, since the earliest days of his unparalleled career, has chronicled his friends and cohorts. Whether on the now legendary annual road trips he has organised with a large coterie of twenty-somethings documenting summertime exploits or documenting the early gritty years in downtown New York, McGinley is known as the consummate storyteller about freedom and abandon of youth. A few years ago, however, he wanted to challenge his creative habits and asked more than one hundred of his friends and colleagues – guided by detailed instructions and a camera given to them by the artist – to take nude self-portraits using mirrors and other props. Though related to the ubiquitous selfie, the participants didn't have the benefit of seeing the image before they clicked the shutter. Furthermore, McGinley would make the selection of the final image to represent the photo session. The experiment yielded scores of intimate and psychologically revealing photos that – even though not done by his own hand – bear some signature McGinley flourishes in their emotional depth and resonance.

Author Details Ryan McGinley is an acclaimed photographer who began taking photographs in 1998. In 2003, at the age of 25, McGinley became one of the youngest artists to have a solo show at the Whitney Museum of American Art in New York. He was named Photographer of the Year by American Photo Magazine that same year. In 2007, he received the Young Photographer Infinity Award from the International Centre of Photography. His work has been shown in numerous galleries and museums internationally, and is part of the collections in the Guggenheim Museum, New York, the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art, and the Whitney Museum of American Art. Ariana Reines is a New York-based poet and writer.

Key Information • • • •

Ryan McGinley is considered one of the most important photographers of his generation – his influence is widespread. McGinley's first book with Rizzoli, Whistle for the Wind, sold over 8000 copies globally. His second book, Way Far approximately 5000 copies. In 2003, he became one of the youngest artists to have a solo show at the Whitney Museum of American Art in New York. Mirror Mirror challenges McGinley's previous work as it reflects on selfie-culture. This new material will be of intense interest to his many fans and followers.

African Twilight Carol Beckwith African Twilight is the magnum opus of the two pioneering documentary photographers of African tribal cultures and ceremonies – a world that is quickly vanishing before our very eyes. Now, nearly two decades after these photographer's landmark African Ceremonies and with a greater sense of urgency, this book completes the journey, covering disappearing rituals and ceremonies from some of the most inaccessible corners of the African continent, to create the definitive statement on this subject. This new landmark volume will set the standard for capturing a visual testament to the vanishing traditions of African peoples. No other book like this exists or can ever be created again, as more than 40 percent of what has been documented here has already vanished. For the last 15 years of their four decades of African fieldwork, world-renowned photographers Carol Beckwith and Angela Fisher have continued their journey across Africa, seeking out remote communities to record the sacred ceremonies, powerful art forms, and boundless creativity of the people living there today. This ground-breaking book is a testament to these vanishing moments and peoples. African Twilight is a celebration of the powerful artistry and boundless creativity of Africa's cultural heritage for audiences worldwide, transporting viewers into a world of connections between individual and community, body and soul, land and people. All of the photography is previously unpublished. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$240.00

ISBN

9780847860173

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

356 x 267 mm

Extent

864pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography

Age Range

Terms

AVAILABLE FROM 1 SEPTEMBER

Author Details Carol Beckwith was born in the United States in 1945 and educated at the Boston Museum School of Fine Arts in painting and photography. In 1974, she decided to make Africa her working base so she could live within the cultures that inspired her photography and painting. Born in 1947 and educated in Australia, Angela Fisher graduated with a degree in Social Science from Adelaide University.Together, Beckwith and Fisher embarked upon a study of the peoples and cultures of the Horn of Africa, and published their photography in a series of books: African Ark (1990, their two-volume landmarkAfrican Ceremonies (1999, and Faces of Africa (2004. Beckwith and Fisher exhibit internationally and lecture widely at prestigious venues. Their magazine credits include National Geographic, Natural History, African Art , the Observer Magazine, Time, Life, Vogue, Marie Claire , and Elle . Aidan Hartley is a Kenya-born writer and entrepreneur. As a foreign correspondent for the Reuters news agency, Hartley covered Africa in the 1990s: wars in Somalia, famine in Ethiopia, and genocide in Rwanda. He made nearly 30 documentaries for the award-winning current affairs series Unreported World and Dispatches.

Key Information • • • • • • •

No other book like this exists or can ever exist again. It is the broadest study in existence of African ceremonies. Unique coverage of remote and little-known cultures across the continent, with 15 years of original unpublished photographs as a part of 40 years dedicated to recording in Africa. Unparalleled access to remote and inaccessible African cultures, many of them never before photographed. Have an incredible lifetime of stories and adventures that make them both compelling authors and speakers. Extensive coverage of rare rituals and ceremonies exploring the human life cycle from birth to death. 40 percent of what has been recorded for this book has already vanished. A permanent legacy of Africa's ancient traditions preserved and made available for future generations.

156

157

176

177

134

135

258

259

428

429

Little Book of Audrey Hepburn Caroline Jones

Filled with stunning photographs, this fascinating tribute illustrates and illuminates Hepburn's life. From her early years as an ingénue to her status as an international icon of elegance, it reveals how her unique beauty made her a dream subject for designers and photographers alike. Featuring her collaborations with Givenchy, and stills from the sets of her most famous Hollywood films, The Little Book of Audrey Hepburn takes the reader on a journey through the actress's career and reveals just how powerfully her image resonates across the globe – even so long after her death.

Author Details Caroline Jones is a freelance writer specialising in health, beauty, fashion and lifestyle subjects. A former senior editor on several national newspapers and magazines, she is also an accredited life coach and the author of The Busy Girl's Guide to Looking Great, The Desperate Housewife's Guide to Life and Love and Kate's Style.

Key Information Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781787391321

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Art/Fashion/Photography

Format

180 x 125 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

125 colour and black & white

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

A fascinating account of the film and fashion icon whose legacy has endured long after her death. A beautiful hardback gift that is a must-have for every fashionista. Contains 125 beautiful images of the Hollywood beauty, including Hepburn as Holly Golightly in Breakfast at Tiffany's – one of the most iconic images of twentieth-century cinema. In a recent US poll, Hepburn was named the Ultimate Beauty Icon of All Time, ahead of Marilyn Monroe and Beyonce.

Woody Allen Film by Film Jason Solomons

The quintessential guide to Woody Allen's lifetime of work, Woody Allen: Film by Film examines each of Allen's movies, from when he vented his first neuroses in 1965 with What's New Pussycat , by way of Oscar winner Annie Hall, Hannah and Her Sister , all the way to his latest works of Wonder Wheel and Cafe Society . Woody Allen has enjoyed a career unlike any other writer or director in Hollywood. The impact of his comedy and his psychoanalysis of the modern world have been hugely influential and had a profound effect on popular culture ever since. Filled with key images of his films, as well as lots of behind-the-scenes content. As Woody said about himself: "The two biggest myths about me are that I'm an intellectual, because I wear these glasses, and that I'm an artist because my films lose money." As self-critical as ever, Woody Allen remains a force to be reckoned with.

Author Details Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00 | NZ$55.00

ISBN

9781787390515

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Film

Format

283 x 245 mm

Extent

264pp

Illustrations

150 colour and b&w

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Jason Solomons is a highly respected film critic, broadcaster and journalist. He was Deputy Film Critic for the Observer and the Guardian for 15 years, and currently writes weekly film reviews for the UK's bestselling Mail on Sunday newspaper. Solomons presents In Conversation, a 20-part, 30 minute television interview show which is licensed for broadcast worldwide in territories including the US, UK, Canada, Scandinavia, Australia, Brazil and France. He has interviewed many of the greats of modern cinema, including Woody Allen, Martin Scorsese, the Coen Brothers, George Clooney, Helena Bonham Carter and Ralph Fiennes.

Key Information • • • •

Woody Allen is, unarguably, one of Hollywood's most successful and renowned auteurs, a moviemaker that has influenced the zeitgeist more than any other, and a director every actor wants to work with. Written by established cinema writer and film critic Jason Solomons The book will be released shortly after Allen's next movie, Wonder Wheel, is due to be released. Allen has released a film every year since 1965. 2015 marked Woody Allen's 50th anniversary in the business.

Out of This Century: Confessions of an Art Addict Peggy Guggenheim

This is the fascinating autobiography of a society heiress who became the bohemian doyenne of the art world. Written in her own words it is the frank and outspoken story of her life and loves: her stormy relationships with such men as Max Ernst and Jackson Pollock, and her discovery of new artists. Known as 'the mistress of modern art', Peggy Guggenheim was a passionate collector and major patron. She amassed one of the most important collections of early twentieth century European and American art embracing cubism, surrealism and expressionism. A must read for anyone with an interest in these major-league artists, this seminal period of art history, and the ultimate self-invented woman.

Author Details Art collector, patron and enfant terrible, Peggy Guggenheim (1989-1979) was born Marguerite Guggenheim to a wealthy New York family. She became one of the most prominent cultural figures of the twentieth century. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9780233005522

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Art/Fashion/Photography

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

416pp

Illustrations

82 images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

Foreword by Gore Vidal. Frank and engaging, the book details of her private and professional life, where she mixed with Picasso, Pollock, Ernst, Dali and many others. Heavily illustrated: 60 b&w photos in 4 plate sections, 11 colour photos in one plate sections plus 11 b&w integrated photos.

The Brontës Treasury Jane O'Neill The Brontës Treasury is a collection of fascinating facts about one of Britain's most lauded literary families. This book looks at the lives and works of the sisters (Charlotte, Emily and Anne) in a time of great social change, and explores the influence of their surroundings on their books. Divided into chapters on their family life, works, historical context and legacy, The Brontës Treasury reveals why novels such as Jane Eyre and Wuthering Heights have intrigued, inspired and shocked millions since they were first published over 170 years ago. This quirky volume looks at the facts and myths of their life and times. The book reveals little known stories about the family, including the provenance of the surname Brontë, why the siblings all died so young, the passionate love that influenced Villette, and much more.

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

Jane O'Neill was educated at Trinity College, Dublin and Girton College, Cambridge, and is a life-member of the Brontë Society. She has run workshops for teachers and students on Wuthering Heights and Jane Eyre and wrote and produced for the Brontë Parsonage Museum The Young Person's Guide to the Brontës of Haworth, which won a commendation from The Society for the Interpretation of Britain's Heritage. She has published books for students and teachers on Wuthering Heights and Jane Eyre.

Binding

Hardback

Key Information

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9780233005546

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

•

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

History/Literature

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

b&W illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

Written by expert author Jane O'Neill, a life member of the Brontë Society and author of several student publications on their works. Provides intriguing facts and insights about the life and works of the Brontës in an easily accessible and engaging way. The bicentenaries of the Brontë siblings are to be marked with a five-year programme of events ending in 2020, including a new exhibition by author Tracy Chevalier.

Conan the Barbarian Robert Erwin Howard

Conan the Barbarian includes the stories originally written by Howard to be published in the magazine Weird Tales in the 1930s. These include the first published Conan story 'The Phoenix on the Sword' and short stories such as 'The Tower of the Elephant' through to longer tales like 'A Witch Shall Be Born' and the novel 'The Hour of the Dragon'. Although many have taken up the challenge to extend Conan's adventures over the years, Howard was a master of his craft, lovingly creating a mythical world in which his original masterpieces reign supreme. Conan the Barbarian is a name known throughout Cimmeria, Brythinia, Turan and all the territories bordering the Vilayec Sea – as well as most countries more familiar to us in the real world. The character has become a multi-faceted industry all on his own with toys, comics, card games, role playing games, TV series, movies (starring Anrold Schwarzenegger), video games and board games making him as famous in our world today as he was in his own world during The Hyborian Age. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

Robert Ervin Howard was born in Texas in 1906 and worked at various menial jobs before becoming a full-time writer across various genres including cowboy stories, horror and fantasy fiction.

ISBN

9781911610151

Key Information

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Science Fiction & Fantasy

Format

220 x 150 mm

Extent

512pp

Illustrations

b&w drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details

• • •

17 original adventures from the creator of Conan the Barbarian. An enormous tome of stories that will provide endless hours of fantasy action to enjoy over and over again. An ideal gift for fans existing Conan fans as well as fans of fantasy fiction, action and adventure and sword and sorcery tales and the Arnold Schwarzenegger movies.

Practical Photography Ben Hawkins

Designed for both beginners and experts alike, Practical Photography: How to Shoot Like a Pro is published in association with Practical Photography and delivers a unique photography course for all levels of ability and interests. Divided into 20 distinct subject-based projects, featuring over 400 photographs and bite-sized lessons that start simple and become more challenging, it enables the reader to take control of their camera. Incorporating all the basic skills necessary to shoot fantastic images – and with modules on self-portraits, artistic light paintings, landscapes, night photography, nature, reflections, action shots, and much more besides – Practical Photography: How to Shoot Like a Pro offers a fresh and exciting approach to photography. With friendly, jargon-free tuition on getting to know your way around your DSLR, understanding essential camera settings and editing your images, this book covers all you need to know on how to capture better photographs. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$32.00 | NZ$36.00

ISBN

9781787390676

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Multimedia/Computer

Format

280 x 230 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

400 colour photography

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Bauer Media is a division of the Bauer Media Group, Europe's largest privately owned publishing Group. The Group is a worldwide media empire offering over 300 magazines in 15 countries, as well as online, TV and radio stations.

Practical Photography is the magazine for everyone with a passion for photography, combining inspirational images, expert hands-on advice, and the most authoritative gear reviews Ben Hawkins is the group editor of Practical Photography and an experienced journalist, picture editor and judge.

Key Information • • • •

Published in association with Practical Photography magazine, a publication aimed at anyone looking to take better photos and get more from their DSLR. The magazine has a circulation of over 25,000 a month. Photography is becoming an ever-increasingly popular subject. This book caters for all skill levels, from those who just want to take a good photo using their creative compact camera through to those who want to master their compositions. Features 20 projects made up of accessible step-by-step lessons and is illustrated with over 400 photographs. Camera School Creative has been running for several years and is the go-to course for anyone looking to take more inspiring and creative images.

Darcey Bussell: Evolved [special edition] Darcey Bussell

C OV E R

The first book from Darcey Bussell in over six years, retired darling of the British Ballet and beloved judge of Strictly Come Dancing, this publishing extravaganza coincides with the the superstar ballerina's 50th birthday.

DRAF T

Exquisitely produced, the book is filled with remarkable images of Dame Darcey in various notable locations, such as a pod of the London Eye, on top of the Victoria and Albert memorial, and performing at worldwide events, like the Olympics closing ceremony. The collection includes rare and unseen moments of Darcey shot by some of the most famous photographers, including Lord Snowden, Mario Testino and Annie Liebovitz, in locations beyond the stage -- including rehearsals, fashion shoots and more -- which are accompanied by behindthe-scenes stories and personal anecdotes. A fitting testament to one of our true national treasures, this glorious and charming book is a wonder to enjoy for years to come.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$99.00 | NZ$109.00

ISBN

9781784882037

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

237 x 207 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details In a dance career spanning more than 20 years, Darcey Bussell achieved legendary status in the dance world. Having trained at the famed Royal Ballet School in London, Darcey became the youngest British principal dancer at The Royal Ballet in 1989, where she remained her whole career. She was made a Commander of the Order of the British Empire (CBE) in 2006, and danced with her final ballet, MacMillan’s Song of the Earth, in June of 2007. She holds many patronages including being President of The Royal Academy of Dance and International patron of the Sydney Dance Company. She has honorary doctorates from Oxford University andthe Royal Conservatoire in Glasgow, presents The Royal Ballet’s live cinema broadcasts and she is currenty a judge on BBC One’s Strictly Come Dancing amongst her many activities.

Key Information • • • • •

200 full-colour photographs of a national treasure, who was made a Dame of the British Empire this year Release date to coincide with Darcey’s 50th birthday Lavishly produced to be one of the publishing events of Christmas 2018 Publication supported by a huge publicity campaign and dedicated advertising budget Features the work of a host of internationally renowned photographers

Carolyne Roehm Carolyne Roehm Universal lessons come together with vibrant spreads of Roehm's work in fashion, flowers, table design, and interiors to create a unique celebration of the power of life and style.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$120.00

ISBN

9780847863440

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

330 x 260 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

Carolyne Roehm's bestselling books have been a source of inspiration, pleasure, and education for thousands of readers. Now for the first time she shares her life story, from her small-town Missouri childhood to her New York fashion career that began with Oscar de la Renta, to her role as an author and tastemaker. There are the influential figures from her past, including: her grandmother, who sewed beautifully and ran a successful shop; her mother, who taught her that women need clothes to suit the many roles they have to play; her mentor, Oscar de la Renta, from whom she learned the fashion business. Roehm tells the story of launching, running, and ultimately closing her own fashion line, and her subsequent reinvention through books, gardening, entertaining, and décor. Through it all she shows how the constant threads of character and creativity, and a passion for nature, colour, quality, and classicism can inform your work, style, and life.

Author Details Style icon and lifestyle maven Carolyne Roehm has been part of American design culture for over four decades, with a career spanning the fashion, gardening, entertaining, publishing and decorative arts worlds. Finding a mentor in Oscar de la Renta, Carolyne worked alongside the couture great for 10 years before launching her own fashion house in 1985. A discerning eye and passion for beauty lead her into the world of flowers, where her books are often referred to as the best in their field. Subsequent entertaining and interiors titles cemented her position as one of America's lifestyle experts. A former President of the Council of Fashion Designers of America, with appearances in both the Who's Who of Women in America and the International Best Dressed List Hall of Fame, honoured by Manolo Blahnik with a shoe in her name, in a fitting tribute design legend Bill Blass labeled Carolyne, "The ultimate tastemaker." Now the author of twelve books, Roehm's mission is to teach others how to capture and create beauty in their lives, in both the everyday and out of the ordinary. She divides her time among her homes in Manhattan, Connecticut, and Charleston.

Key Information • • •

The author of twelve books, Carolyne is known as "the tastemaker" – an expert in her field. A former President of the Council of Fashion Designers of America, with appearances in both the Who's Who of Women in America and the International Best Dressed List Hall of Fame This is the first time that she shares her life story.

that idea, I should note, through all the disciplines in which I’ve worked – books, journalism, flower arranging and gardening, entertaining, product design and décor, even photography and painting. My objective has always been to give enough confidence to people that they feel able to give anything a try

and, ultimately, to succeed. ooking back at my life and work, it was a revelation to discover the constant thread in all that I have been and done. I have always had an innate love of nature, color, quality, and classicism, elements that have

informed my work and spirit equally. But the glue that binds them together is the certain knowledge that, with the confidence that comes from encouragement and support, one finds the freedom to be authentic. Very few individuals, I have observed, set a course at the beginning of their lives and see it through to the end. Variation is the norm – or, as the saying goes, ‘People make plans, and God laughs.’ But it is the disruption of our expectations, the thrilling highs and devastating lows, that teach us who we really are – in response to circumstances, the curve balls pitched by life, character is revealed. If there is a lesson, professionally and personally, it’s that whatever happens, you’re still you – the one thing you must never lose is yourself. If you can re-pot, not only can you survive, you’ll flourish and bloom. And the constant thread will be – like the circle – unbroken.

Caption reo abutert emum erdit; hocuror iaelinp rorumur, viritabu squa re partea tuam finercero, elutus consuam tatifectam, caudemperte. Inti, quam nihicuperis, senam quam iam que patuEveratiossi ad eturibere pro erspero

Caption reo abutert emum erdit; hocuror iaelinp rorumur, viritabu squa re partea tuam finercero, elutus consuam tatifectam, caudemperte. Inti, quam nihicuperis, ÂŠ 2018 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

Caption reo abutert emum erdit; hocuror iaelinp rorumur, viritabu squa re partea tuam finercero, elutus consuam tatifectam, caudemperte. Inti, quam nihicuperis, senam quam ÂŠ 2018 Rizzoli International Publications. All Rights Reserved.

Margiela 1989-2009 Alexandre Samson Although an exhibition catalogue, this book functions more like a true monograph in that it is a comprehensive survey spanning a twenty-year segment of a leading designer's career. Created to accompany a a seminal exhibition in Paris (2 March 2018 - 15 July 2018), this book is illustrated by previously unpublished images from 41 runway shows (1989-2009). A breathtaking survey of 20 years of ground breaking fashion designs by Martin Margiela.

Author Details Alexandre Samson is a curator and manages the Palais Galliera contemporary collections. Olivier Saillard is a noted fashion historian and author and was the director of the Palais Galliera from 2010 until 2017. He is currently artistic director of J.M. Weston, a men's luxury shoe brand.

Key Information Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$85.00

ISBN

9780847864256

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

310 x 246 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

• •

Published on the occasion of the first retrospective exhibition ever of twenty years of designs by Margiela – the book will also benefit from the fact that a second exhibition on the designers years at Hermes is to open at Les Arts Decoratifs and run for most of the year. Very authoritative documentation of 20 years and 41 fashion shows created by Martin Margiela, one of the most celebrated and enigmatic designers of the present day. Every detail will be catalogued down to the music selection and the spaces chosen for each show – a must have for design students, collectors, as well as fashionistas. The author is an up and coming fashion curator and expert, and contributor Olivier Saillard is a seminal intellectual figure and fashion taste maker whose previous books have a solid sales track . There are few other books out there specifically about this designer, and Rizzoli continues to have great success with an earlier monograph Maison Martin Margiela which has reprinted regularly and sold over 11,000 copies globally.

Margiela 02 Layout 46S.indd 34-35

08/02/2018 11:38

Margiela 02 Layout 46S.indd 50-51

08/02/2018 11:38

Margiela 02 Layout 46S.indd 72-73

08/02/2018 11:39

Margiela 02 Layout 46S.indd 144-145

08/02/2018 11:41

Balenciaga in Black Olivier Saillard Cristobal Balenciaga's black couture dresses, capes, and coats delighted the society of his day as they changed the future of fashion. Here, lush new photography paired with archival images and sketches will delight readers in revealing the subtle tones and extraordinary detailing of the couturier's masterpieces in black. Balenciaga in Black explores the creative genius of Cristóbal Balenciaga, 'the couturier's couturier' – the fashion designer revered by all other fashion designers. Black served as inspiration and guiding principal for the legendary dressmaker and provided a rich canvas for this extraordinary technician, allowing him to develop new textures and innovative shapes. To Balenciaga, black was a vibrant material, alternately opaque or transparent, matte or shining, combined in sumptuous fabrics and undergirding the apparent simplicity of his cuts. Pierre Even's photography of Balenciaga's masterworks, produced specifically for this catalog, capture these subtle gradations in tone and lush details with contemporary precision. Fifty pieces from the Galliera Collection and the Balenciaga archives, including daywear, cocktail dresses or evening ensembles, lined in silk taffeta, fringed with satin ribbons, jet pearls, sequins, are revealed as never before. These contemporary photographs are presented alongside historical portfolios by legendary fashion photographers Richard Avedon, Henry Clarke, and Irving Penn to form three distinct sections: Balenciaga's volumes, interplay of black and light, and combinations of black with subtle colours. Balenciaga's specific materials and shapes are further illuminated by texts, sketches, and detailed captions.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$120.00

ISBN

9780847866144

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Pierre Even, a French photographer trained at the National School of Photography in Arles, quickly became known for his black and white portraits. In 2014, he published Eden (Editions Kehrer), whose photographs were also the subject of an exhibition at the Consortium in Dijon (October 2014-January 2015).

Format

317 x 248 mm

Key Information

Extent

224pp

•

Illustrations

120 colour and b&w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Olivier Saillard is one of fashion's premier historians and curators. He has curated some of the most innovative and exclusive fashion exhibitions at the Musée de la Mode in Paris and Marseille, the Musée Bordelle and the Victoria & Albert museum in London.

• • •

•

In addition to Balenciaga's longstanding importance to lovers of couture, the house has been in the popular public eye since 1997 under Nicolas Ghesquiere, Alexander Wang, and Demna Gvasalia. Particularly under Demna Gvasalia, the brand catapulted to street wear-like fandom. Balenciaga is considered by the profession as the couturier of the couturiers. Cristobal Balenciaga was the undisputed influence on Yves Saint-Laurent. Sketches, beautiful new photography created for this publication, and archival fashion photos by greats including Irving Penn bring Balenciaga's dresses to life. Stellar authors bring insight from the contemporary fashion world to understand the importance of the master's most influential body of work Clientele included Grace Kelly, Jackie Kennedy, Pauline de Rothschild, Ava Gardner, and Marlene Dietrich. Luxe all-black package includes black edge stain, black printed uncoated pages with knockout type, and black cloth-bound flexi cover. This is a title fashion cognoscenti will want face-up on the coffee table or mantle piece.

Noir structuré

Philippe Pottier Robe droite en lainage noir avec basque sur le devant Rights Reserved. et manches 7 / 8 e montées, 1952

Pierre Even Robe de jour, vers 1960

Silhouettes et volumes

Philippe Pottier Ensemble robe et veste en lainage noir, veste

Silhouettes et volumes Noir drapé

Philippe Pottier Robe en soie noire avec drapé enveloppant aux épaules et plongeant sur les hanches, 1950

Silhouettes et volumes Noir drapĂŠ

Pierre Even Robe du soir, hiver 1963

Illustration de collection Robe en gazar noir, 1963

Silhouettes et volumes

Silhouettes et volumes Noir drapé

Philippe Pottier Robe en taffetas noir avec corselet travaillé de fines fronces et jupe gonflée de plis, 1952

Alaia Azzadine Alaia A special twentieth anniversary edition of the only definitive publication on one of the most respected and influential fashion designers of our time. A new edition of the only major monograph published on Alaïa, which has been out of print for over a decade. Alaïa was renowned for highly intricate form fitting couture with a sculptural quality. More than a decade in the making, this book is a celebration of Alaïa's world, a collection of images of his haute couture creations worn by his muses and photographed by icons of twentieth century fashion. With archival photographs chronicling Alaïa's early years in Tunisia; excerpts from literary texts and other sources of inspiration for the couturier; and contributions from his closest friends, the reader is invited to discover an intimate world where creation was allowed to flourish. Alaïa features more than 200 photographs by Paolo Roversi, Annie Leibovitz, Steven Meisel, Helmut Newton, Patrick Demarchelier, Arthur Elgort, Ellen von Unwerth, Gilles Bensimon, and numerous other master photographers. With a new introduction by Carla Sozzani and Christoph von Weyhe from the Association Alaïa this book is a testament to a designer whose tremendous skill, unique vision, and independent spirit colored the fabric of the fashion industry forever.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$260.00

ISBN

9780847863754

Azzedine Alaïa (1935–2017) was one of the world's most respected fashion designers. He was renowned for not bowing to the demands of the fashion industry's annual schedule, instead personally crafting and showing his creations in his own time. Carla Sozzani is an editor, gallerist and the founder of 10 Corso Como. Christoph von Weyhe is an artist.

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Key Information

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

368 x 267 mm

Extent

300pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

Author Details

• • • •

The book has been out of print for over decade with used copies for sale starting at $1750 USD. A solo exhibition of Alaia's work will be held at the Design Museum in London from May 10 to October 7, 2018. There is a new foreword written by Alaia's partner, artist Christoph von Weyhe, and Carla Sozzani. The book includes more than 200 images from master photographers – Newton; Elgort; Leibovitz; Roversi; von Unwerth; Meisel –featuring leading figures of the 80s and 90s including Linda Evangelista, Naomi Campbell, Christy Turlington, Bette Midler; Tina Turner; Grace Jones; and Madonna.

I Am Her Tribe: Poetric Inspiration for Women Poetic Inspiration for Women Danielle Doby

Positive and powerful, I Am Her Tribe is a collection of poetry drawing on the viral Instagram handle and online hashtag that serves to create moments of connection through empowerment and storytelling. Focusing on inspiration, Doby's poetry invites its reader to "Come as you are. Your tribe has arrived. Your breath can rest here."

Author Details Starting at an early age, Danielle Doby has been using artistic expression to breathe herself awake. Danielle believes that writing is an entry point to access deep feeling, our healing and wholehearted connection to others. For her, everything holds a story that is worthy of taking up space by being heard. Danielle has found that the deeper she steps into her truth, the more universal her story becomes. Where pain, struggle resilience and hope are not unique to her alone. they live in each of us. Her work is an exploration of the different seasons of her life, teaching us that within each setback, also lives a rising.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$27.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781449495558

Publisher

AMP

•

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

•

Series

Category

Poetry

Format

203 x 127 mm

Extent

176 pp

Illustrations

b&w drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

Social Media Platform: #IAmHerTribe has 100k tags on Instagram. @iamhertribe/Danielle Doby has 160k followers on Instagram and 16k followers on Facebook Author is a brand ambassador for Lululemon and Athletica

my hope for you is that you greet your reflection with kind eyes. that you never look to someone else for your belonging. always moving from a space of worthiness, longing for nothing of addition or subtraction.

a hymnal to my younger self

one day you will awake with the craving for self-discovery. when this knowing arrives, and you feel the pull to go out into the world, my hope for you is that your story begins on the cool wood of your kitchen floor. you bare-skinned. sitting down. both eyes closed. one hand on heart. the other resting on your soft belly.

my hope for you is that you never stifle in your own power. may you always carry the belief that your words matter. unafraid to sing your truth at the tip-top of your lungs. my hope for you is that you honor each moment in its entirety. that you choose your feeling over being numb + disconnected. owning every curve of lifeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s light and shadow sensations. for you understand that in the present moment is where your happiness is found. this. this is my hope for you.

this. this connection right here. is the wisdom of the women before you. and the tender infinite living within you. and if there is ever a time you feel lost outside of yourself, these guiding forces will always bring you back home. my hope for you is that you trust the teachings of what brings discomfort. that when you feel as though you are at the cusp of breaking open, out into the wild of the unknown, you step forward with both feet planted in your curiosity and wonder. 2

leaves energy the shifting between space + season it’s all movement into what’s new and possible

do not fast forward into something you’re not ready for or allow yourself to shrink back into what’s comfortable growth lives in the uneasiness the in-between the unfinished sentence you are a season of becoming

feelings the ones that swallow the ones that hollow the ones that lift cleanse tighten and expand each one is sacred each one a messenger honor the courage it takes to travel this far as they are moving you closer to you

Inward Yung Pueblo

From poet, meditator, and speaker Yung Pueblo, comes a collection of poetry and prose that explores the movement from self-love to unconditional love, the power of letting go, and the wisdom that comes when we truly try to know ourselves. It serves as a reminder to the reader that healing, transformation, and freedom are possible.

Author Details Diego Perez is the writer behind the pen name Yung Pueblo. the name Yung Pueblo means “young people.” it serves to remind him of his ecuadorian roots, his experiences in activism, and that the collective of humanity is in the midst of important growth. his favourite word, liberation, took on a deeper meaning once he started meditating vipassana, as taught by s.n. goenka. through writing and speaking, he aims to support the healing of the individual, realising that when we release our personal burdens, we contribute to a global peace.

Key Information • • Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$27.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781449495756

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Poetry

Format

203 x 127 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Inward combines poetry with contemporary spirituality and self-help. Originally from Guayaquil, Ecuador, Yung Pueblo adds to the diversity of voices in the social poetry space. Yung Pueblo has many influential friends in the yoga, meditation, and contemporary wellness worlds. Author has spoken at a number of sold-out live events (including events at The Alchemist's Kitchen and Deepak Homebase in NYC). A reviewer for LA Yoga recently called Inward"timeless" and "piercing." Yung Pueblo has also been featured by The Hoodwitch, Elite Daily, and on the blog of clothing brand Spiritual Gangster. Author currently has 130k Instagram followers.

inward

before i could release the weight of my sadness and pain, i first had to honor its existence

inward_interior.indd 2

6/19/18 3:39 PM

yung pueblo

i was never addicted to one thing; i was addicted to filling a void within myself with things other than my own love

inward_interior.indd 3

6/19/18 3:39 PM

inward

to solely attempt to love others without first loving yourself is to build a home without a strong foundation

inward_interior.indd 4

6/19/18 3:39 PM

The Beginning and the End of Everything Paul Parsons The Beginning and the End of Everything is the whole story as we currently understand it – from nothing, to the birth of our universe, to its ultimate fate. Authoritative and engaging, Paul Parsons takes us on a rollercoaster ride through billions of light years to tell the story of the Big Bang, from birth to death. 13.8 billion years ago, something incredible happened. Matter, energy, space and time all suddenly burst into existence in a cataclysmic event that’s come to be known as the Big Bang. It was the birth of our universe. What started life smaller than the tiniest subatomic particle is now unimaginably vast and plays home to trillions of galaxies. The formulation of the Big Bang theory is a story that combines some of the most far-reaching concepts in fundamental physics with equally far-reaching observations of the universe. And as our understanding of the birth of the universe deepens, so does the realisation that it cannot last for ever. Including the latest astronomical observations and theoretical breakthroughs, as well as examining the theories that reveal how our universe could end, this is an enlightening account of modern cosmology.

Author Details Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$32.99 | NZ$34.99

Dr Paul Parsons was formerly a theoretical cosmologist at the University of Sussex, developing models to explain how the microphysics of the Big Bang determined the largescale structure of the universe today. Now a science journalist and author, he has contributed articles to the Guardian , the Daily Telegraph and New Scientist , and has also served both as editor of the award-winning BBC science magazine Focus and as managing editor of BBC Sky at Night magazine. His previous books include The Periodic Table, How to Destroy the Universe and The Science of Doctor Who .

ISBN

9781782439561

Key Information

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Science

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

B&W line drawings and pictures

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

• •

A comprehensive and fascinating tour of the birth and eventual death of the universe, to engage the non-scientist. From ancient beliefs about the stars and the planets, to the discovery that the universe is expanding, Einstein’s general theory of relativity and Hawkins’ quantum theory of gravity, through to the Big Bang cosmology of today – all this has led us to understand that the existence of the universe is finite. But how will it end? Exciting observations in 2015 and 2017 of gravitational waves, which potentially allow observations of the birth of the universe for the first time in history, have piqued interest in cosmology and specifically the Big Bang. Paul Parsons, a former theoretical cosmologist, is a science journalist, author and former editor of BBC FocusMagazine. He has frequently appeared on radio and TV and is available for PR.

CHAPTER 7

Cosmic Inflation

‘In the beginning there was nothing, which exploded.’ Terry Pratchett

he Big Bang theory is one of the crowning achievements of the human mind. From our single vantage point in an ordinary corner of an ordinary galaxy we’ve deduced that the universe burst into existence in a hot, super-dense fireball some 13.82 billion years ago – and we’ve more or less figured out the sequence of cosmic events to have happened since. But, by the mid-1970s, it was becoming clear there were some niggling issues that the standard Big Bang cosmology could not address. The first of these is known as the horizon problem. Go out on a dark, clear, preferably moonless night and take a look at opposite sides of the sky. The heavens will look roughly the same in all directions. Yes, you’ll see different stars and constellations depending where exactly you focus your gaze, but broadly speaking their distribution looks the same everywhere – you don’t see a dazzling bright mass on one side of the sky set against an empty black void on the other. Most of what’s visible to the naked eye from our planet lies within our own galaxy. However, astronomical telescopes here on Earth, and up in orbit, clear of our atmosphere’s obscuring haze, see a similar 141

The Beginning and End of Everything.indd 141

13/03/2018 18:29:33

The Beginning and the End of Everything

Cosmic Inflation

thing on larger scales: a universe that looks qualitatively the same in all directions. But that’s a problem – because there’s no reason why the universe should behave this way. Albert Einstein told us that nothing can travel faster than the speed of light. So, two objects separated by, say, one light year (the distance that light can travel in a year) can have no influence on one another until at least one year has passed – any less and there simply isn’t time for information about the physical state of one body to be communicated to the other. Our universe is now estimated to be 13.82 billion years old, which means that the furthest we can see in any direction is 13.82 billion light years. But, in that case, opposite sides of the sky must be effectively separated by twice this distance – 27.64 billion light years – and so there’s no way they could have influenced each other in the 13.82 billion years that have elapsed since the Big Bang took place. Why, then, should they look so similar? It’s a bit like expecting the exact same species of animals to have evolved on two remote islands that have never been in contact. In fact, this is a slight oversimplification – because the universe is expanding. Although we may see a galaxy as it was, say, 13 billion years ago (just a few hundred million years after the Big Bang), today that galaxy will be some 43 billion light years away from us, thanks to 13 billion years of cosmic expansion. But the general point remains: in the standard Big Bang cosmology, opposite sides of the night sky have never been in causal contact with each other. This is the essence of the horizon problem, named after our cosmological horizon, the edge of the observable universe – literally the furthest distance that we can see out into space because of the finite speed of light. But it’s not the only problem with the standard Big Bang theory. Another is known as the flatness problem. As we saw in Chapter 3, the central tenet of Einstein’s general theory of relativity is that space isn’t flat but, in general, can be curved into different shapes by the matter and energy that it contains.

And this curvature is what we, and every other massive object in the universe, experience as gravity. For example, in our solar system, the gravity of the sun makes a giant bowl-shaped indentation in space, which the planets then move around the inside of to trace out their orbits. Applied to cosmology, Einstein’s theory predicts that the universe can take one of three possible shapes – known as closed, open and flat. A closed universe would be spherical in shape and finite in extent – if you could travel far enough in one direction you’d ultimately end up back where you started. On the other hand, an open universe is infinite and is distorted by gravity into a shape rather like a giant

142

143

The Beginning and End of Everything.indd 142-143

CLOSED UNIVERSE: Greater than critical density. Finite extent.

OPEN UNIVERSE: Less than critical density. Infinite extent.

FLAT UNIVERSE: Equal to critical density. Infinite extent.

General relativity applied to the universe at large predicts three possibilities – known as closed, open and flat universes.

13/03/2018 18:30:00

The Beginning and the End of Everything

Cosmic Inflation

Pringle. Resting between these two possibilities is the flat universe. It is also infinite but its mass and energy conspire to make the curvature of space zero on the largest scales. Cosmologists classify these three possibilities according to the average density of matter and energy in the universe. The flat universe contains just enough material, known as the critical density, to halt the expansion of space – but only in the infinitely far future, leading to a universe that’s expanding ever more slowly, gradually coasting to a halt. A closed universe is what you get when space contains more material than the critical density. It has sufficient gravity to halt the cosmic expansion in a finite time and make space collapse back in on itself in an antithesis of the Big Bang known as the Big Crunch. On the other hand, an open universe results when the average density is less than critical. Like the flat universe, it also expands for ever. The value of the critical density is extremely small – around 10 billionths of a billionth of a billionth of a kilogram (about the mass of 10 hydrogen atoms) per cubic metre. The number is tiny because it’s an average – the massive contribution from all the matter and energy in the universe being diluted by the sheer vastness of space. Now, here’s the thing. Astronomical observations indicate that the density of the universe today is very close to critical (within 2 per cent). The trouble is that, as mathematicians have discovered, this state is unstable – any small deviations from the critical density should tend to grow bigger with time, becoming amplified as the universe gets older. So much so that for the density to be this close to critical today, it must have been ridiculously close to critical back when the universe emerged from the Big Bang. And there’s nothing within the framework provided by the standard Big Bang cosmology to explain why this fine-tuning should be so. This is the flatness problem. Lastly, there’s the monopole problem. According to our best theories of particle physics, space should be awash with scores of

subatomic particles from the very young universe. The problem is we see no evidence of them today. Known as magnetic monopoles, the particles are essentially isolated magnetic poles. These are unusual because, in our everyday experience, magnets only ever have two poles, a north and a south – they’re exclusively ‘dipoles’. And so if these cosmic oddballs really are out there, they should readily present themselves. Particle physics predicts that monopoles should have been produced in phase transitions occurring shortly after the Big Bang. A phase transition is an event in the universe’s history where its physical state undergoes radical changes. We see them in the everyday world, too – the freezing of water into ice as its temperature drops is an example. But in cosmology, as you might expect, their effects are way more dramatic – corresponding to wholesale shifts in the laws of physics, which we’ll talk more about shortly. For now, the important point is that many of these particles should have survived to the present day – in which case, why have experimental searches for them all drawn a conspicuous blank? The modern remedy to these three problems is a theory called cosmic inflation. Many scientists were working on similar ideas throughout the 1970s, but inflation was first presented as a coherent solution to the problems of the standard Big Bang cosmology in 1980 by the American physicist Alan Guth. Specializing in the laws that govern the subatomic particle world, Guth was primarily interested in cracking the monopole problem. He realized that during some cosmic phase transitions, it’s possible for the universe to become temporarily dominated by vacuum energy – energy locked away in seemingly empty space. As we saw in the previous chapter, empty space isn’t quite empty but is actually home to a buzzing background of subatomic particles flitting in and out of existence. These particles bring energy with them, which is why the energy of empty space – the vacuum energy – is non-zero. And because there’s an awful lot of space in the universe, it’s not

144

145

The Beginning and End of Everything.indd 144-145

13/03/2018 18:30:01

The Beginning and the End of Everything

Cosmic Inflation

impossible for the vacuum energy to outweigh the universe’s matter content. When this happens, the universe is said to be vacuum dominated. In the last chapter, we saw how dark energy (also known as the cosmological constant) is a kind of vacuum energy, and how its effect is to make the expansion of the present-day universe accelerate. In Guth’s theory of inflation, the universe became dominated by a very large vacuum energy shortly after the Big Bang, which caused space to undergo a very brief phase of extremely rapid expansion, growing in size by a colossal factor of 100 million billion (a 1 followed by twenty-six zeroes). This cosmic growth spurt was over almost as soon as it had begun. But it was enough to solve the horizon, flatness and monopole problems in one fell swoop.

Inflation means that what we see as the observable universe today started out in the Big Bang as a volume of space small enough so that natural processes had plenty of time to smooth out any differences in mass, density or temperature between one side and the other. Inflation then took this ready-smoothed chunk of space and blew it up in size to fill what constitutes our night sky today (and more), so solving the horizon problem.

That might sound like cheating. The essence of the horizon problem is that signals haven’t had time since the birth of the universe to travel from one side of the night sky to the other, because of Einstein’s ultimate cosmic speed limit – the speed of light. But now I’m trying to sell you the idea that, despite this, it’s perfectly okay for space itself to do the dirty work – to take a smooth piece of the Big Bang and blow that up at faster than light-speed until it fills the observable universe. In fact, there’s a subtle difference between these two scenarios. When, in 1905, Einstein was formulating the special theory of relativity – concerning the dynamics of moving bodies (see Chapter 3) he found that the energy of a body moving at light-speed is infinite. While some mathematicians love the concept of infinity, physicists hate it. That’s because the appearance of infinity in a theory usually means something has gone wrong – things in the real world are allowed to get very big (ask a cosmologist) but not immeasurably big. There are exceptions but, generally speaking, nature abhors infinities (or, at least, severely frowns on them), so the implication was that the speed of light is the absolute fastest that anything can move. Or, rather, the fastest anything can move through space. It said nothing about how space itself can move. This was the subject of Einstein’s general theory of relativity, published in 1915, in which he showed how space – and time – are deformed and stretched by the distribution of matter and energy in the universe, and that this deformation is what we observe as gravity. Whereas special relativity puts a strict limit on the speed at which objects can travel through space, general relativity puts no such limits on the speed at which two points in space can be stretched apart from one another. For instance, we know that the universe is expanding and we know that the expansion rate gets faster the further we look out into space (this is Hubble’s law – see Chapter 4). As far as we know, there really is a critical distance at which the cosmic expansion speed breaks the light barrier – and light from stars and galaxies lying beyond will never reach us.

146

147

Astronomers report that the universe is very close to flat. But why? Inflation offers an explanation because it makes a curved universe appear flat – in the same way that the surface of a ball looks flatter the bigger it gets.

The Beginning and End of Everything.indd 146-147

13/03/2018 18:30:01

Infinity in the Palm of Your Hand Making Sense of the Wonders of Our Universe Marcus Chown Bestselling author Marcus Chown explores some of the most profound and important science about us, our world and beyond by examining some astonishing facts that reveal the vast complexities of the universe. Did you know that you could fit the whole human race in the volume of a sugar cube? Or that the electrical energy in a single mosquito is enough to cause a global mass extinction? Or that we are all, in fact, living in a giant hologram? Or perhaps, most importantly of all, out there in the universe there are an infinite number of copies of you reading an infinite number of copies of this? Using these impossible-sounding truths, Marcus Chown reveals some of the most significant scientific discoveries in human history about who we are, where we came from and the complexities and wonders of our universe. Witty, engaging and accessible, Infinity in the Palm of Your Hand brings to life the forces that rule our universe and reveals the intriguing details of our existence.

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781782439493

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Science

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

256pp

•

Illustrations

b&w line drawings

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Marcus Chown is an award-winning writer and broadcaster. Formerly a radio astronomer at the California Institute of Technology in Pasadena, he is cosmology consultant of New Scientist . His books include The Ascent of Gravit y (winner of the Sunday Times ' 2017 Science Book of the Year award), What A Wonderful World , Quantum Theory Cannot Hurt You and We Need to Talk About Kelvin (shortlisted for the 2010 Royal Society Book Prize). Marcus has also tried his hand at apps and won the Bookseller Digital Innovation of the Year award for 'Solar System for iPad'.

Key Information • •

Weird and wonderful facts about us, our world and the universe that reveal some profound science, to engage the non-scientist. Marcus Chown is the bestselling award-winning author of We Need to Talk About Kelvin, Quantum Theory Cannot Hurt You and What a Wonderful World, among others, and has an amazing ability to explain complex science in a very engaging and entertaining way. His latest book, The Ascent of Gravity, won the Sunday Times' 2017 Science Book of the Year award. Taking on quantum theory, cosmology, biology, chemistry and artificial intelligence, Marcus Chown uses some revealing facts to explain some truly amazing things about us and our world, such as: babies are powered by rocket fuel; you age faster on the top floor of a building than on the ground floor; you could fit the human race in the volume of a sugar cube; and an atom can be in two places at once.

2 Infinity in the Palm of Your Hand You could fit the entire human race in the volume of a sugar cube

To see a World in a Grain of Sand And a Heaven in a Wild Flower Hold Infinity in the palm of your hand And Eternity in an hour

William Blake

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Auguries of Innocenceâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;

You could fit the entire human race in the volume of a sugar cube. The reason for this is that matter is mind-bogglingly empty. You probably have a picture in your mind from school of an atom, the fundamental Lego brick of all matter. Most likely, it is an image of a miniature solar system, with a nucleus sitting at the centre, like a sun, around which electrons orbit like planets. However, this image fails to convey just how much empty space there is inside an atom. The playwright Tom Stoppard said it best: 21

Infinity in the Palm of Your Hand

‘Now make a fist, and if your fist is as big as the nucleus of an atom, then the atom is as big as St Paul’s, and if it happens to be a hydrogen atom then it has a single electron flitting about like a moth in an empty cathedral, now by the dome, now by the altar.’ As a percentage, the amount of empty space in an atom is about 99.9999999999999 per cent. You are a ghost. I am a ghost. We are all ghosts. And, if you could squeeze all the empty space out of all the 7 billion people in the world, the human race would indeed fit in the volume of a sugar cube (albeit a very heavy sugar cube!). This is not mere theoretical fantasy. There are objects out in the universe whose atoms have had all the empty space squeezed out of them. They are called neutron stars and they are the endpoint of the evolution of very massive stars. When such a star blows its outer layers into space as a supernova, paradoxically its core implodes (in fact, it is the implosion that is believed to drive the explosion). The resulting neutron star is about the size of Mount Everest but contains about the mass of the sun. And, if you could travel to a neutron star and dig out a chunk the

A neutron star is the highly compressed remains of a relatively massive star that died in a supernova event.

size of a sugar cube, it would indeed weigh as much as the human race. But why are atoms so empty? The answer is provided by quantum theory. Quantum theory is our very best description of the microscopic world of atoms and their constituents. It is fantastically successful. It has given us lasers and computers and nuclear reactors. It explains why the sun shines and why the ground beneath your feet is solid. In fact, it is the most successful physical theory ever devised, predicting what we observe in experiments to an obscene number of decimal points. But, in addition to being a fantastic recipe for building things and for predicting things, quantum theory provides a unique window on an Alice in Wonderland world that exists beneath the skin of reality. It is a place where a single atom can be in two places at once – the equivalent of you being in London and New York at the same time; where things happen for absolutely no reason at all; and where two atoms can influence each other instantaneously even if on opposite sides of the universe (see Chapter 8 for more on this). All this quantum insanity stems from a simple obser vational fact: the fundamental building blocks of matter have a weird dual nature. They can behave as localized particles like tiny billiard balls and they can behave as spread-out waves like ripples spreading on a pond.1 Don’t even try to imagine how this can be. It is impossible. The truth is that the electrons and photons and so on that make up the world are neither particles nor waves, unlike anything else in the everyday world – we have no word in our vocabulary for what they are. Like an object we can never see directly but can know only from the shadow that it casts on two adjacent walls, we can never see directly the denizens of the quantum

Stella Nebula

Star the same size as Sol

Red Giant

stable stage

dying star

Massive star

Planetary Nebula

White Dwarf

Black Dwarf

Neutron Star

Supernova Red Supergiant

Black Hole

Infinity in the Palm of Your Hand

world, only the shadows they cast in our experiments: one of a tiny bullet, the other of a dancing ripple.

is about 1 followed by 40 zeroes longer than predicted by James Clerk Maxwell’s theory of electromagnetism!4 Quantum theory comes to the rescue because electron waves are spread out and take up a minimum amount of space. They cannot be squeezed down into a nucleus. Thus atoms – thank goodness, since we are all made of atoms – are able to exist. If there is one thing that perfectly encapsulates the madness of the quantum world it is this: the physicist ‘J. J.’ Thomson won the Nobel Prize for showing that the electron is a particle. His son, George Thomson, won the Nobel Prize for showing that it isn’t. In my mind’s eye, I imagine Thomson family get-togethers being raucous affairs, with ‘J. J’ shouting ‘It’s a particle!’ and his son shouting back ‘No, it isn’t!’

screen double slit

electron beam gun

electron

interference pattern

The double-slit experiment demonstrates that light and matter can display characteristics of both clasically defined waves and particles.

The key thing is that the smaller the particle, the bigger its quantum wave.2 And the smallest particle of familiar matter is the electron. It therefore has the biggest quantum wave. And it is because the electron wave needs tons of elbow room that atoms have to be so big relative to their nuclei – they contain so much empty space. 3 In fact, it is the wave nature of the electron that allows atoms to exist at all. As the American physicist Richard Feynman said: ‘Atoms are completely impossible from the classical point of view.’ What Feynman meant was that, according to the theory of electromagnetism, an electron, as it whirls around a nucleus in an atom, should constantly broadcast electromagnetic waves like a tiny radio transmitter. This should cause it to lose energy and spiral into the nucleus in less than a hundred-millionth of a second. Atoms should collapse in on themselves. They should not exist. This rather contradicts reality where atoms have existed for at least the age of the universe – 13.82 billion years. This 24

Hiro in Exile The Creation of a J-Pop Empire Hiro Igarashi The first book authored by the Japanese multi-platinum artist and producer Hiro, a major influential force with a stable of some of the most popular musical acts in Japan and Asia, including the boyband EXILE. A unique collectible for fans of this rapidly trending pop music phenomenon, this work will at once appeal to fans of J-POP (and K-POP) music and culture as it opens a window into a creative engine unlike anything in the West.

Hiro in Exile: The Creation of a J-POP Empire is the first monograph on the achievements of Hiro lgarashi, one of the most influential figures in contemporary music and pop culture in Asia.

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

HIRO is a founding member of the bands J-Soul Brothers. EXILE and the president of LDH, an independent J-pop artist management and media company. VERBAL is the founding member of the multi-platinum electronic group M-FLO and the fashion brand AMBUSH. NIGO® is the founder of ·A Bathing Ape® and Human Made.

Binding

Hardback

Key Information

Price

AU$95.00

ISBN

9780847861613

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Music/Video/Film

Format

287 x 302 mm

Extent

272pp

Illustrations

400 colour photography

Age Range

Terms

• • •

•

J-Pop has been incredibly popular in Asia and is starting to become more popular in the West. Hiro has built a creative universe that extends to live shows, movies, fashion, and publishing. This is the first monograph of its kind presenting an in-depth analysis of the inspiration and process of Hiro and the EXILE brand. This is illustrated through the use of nearly 400 drawings and photographs. The vast majority of images were taken expressly for this volume. Appeal extends to J-Pop, streetwear, street art and Japanese culture fanatics as well as the larger creative and fashion community.

Tribes

Editorial

251

Queen Elizabeth II TIM EWART

Written by the former ITV News Royal Editor, Tim Ewart, this beautifully illustrated book looks at the life and reign of Queen Elizabeth II, the longest reigning monarch in British history. During this time, Her Majesty has maintained traditions that link the United Kingdom of today with a history that stretches back over more than a thousand years. Chronicling royal tours and state visits, from day-to-day engagements to grand occasions – such as Trooping the Colour – Queen Elizabeth II is a delightful celebration of this historical figure.

Author Details Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Tim Ewart was the ITV News Royal Editor. He joined ITV News in 1981 and one of his first jobs was as part of the team covering the marriage of the Prince of Wales and Lady Diana Spencer. Tim then spent many years as a foreign correspondent, based first in Warsaw and then in Washington, Moscow and Johannesburg. He covered the end of the Cold War, the collapse of the Soviet Union and conflicts across Africa.

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

Key Information

ISBN

9780233005553

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

History

Format

250 x 216 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

100 colour photographs and b&w images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Beautifully illustrated with over 100 images, many from the Royal Collection. Written by Tim Ewart, the former ITV News Royal Editor, it is the ideal gift for those interested in the history of the royals. Features focus on notable events in the life of HM the Queen, with sources from institutions including the Royal Archives.

YouTube World Records Adrian Besley

Super-powered with on-the-page links to over 300 amazing videos, YouTube World Records showcases the greatest feats ever recorded on the file-sharing website. From the tallest and smallest to the greatest and maddest, YouTube World Records has it covered. This unique collection contains a host of amazing feats, stunts and tricks – including pancake tossing and fiery-hot pepper eating, mega-quick drumming and unbelievable basketball slam-dunks. This is the ultimate celebration of the world's greatest records.

Author Details Adrian Besley is the bestselling author of The Most Amazing YouTube Videos Ever , The Most Awesome YouTube Videos Ever and The Best of YouTube . He is the author of than 30 celebrated books including The Dangerous Book for Idiots and The Retrosexual Manual: How to be a Real Man.

Key Information Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781787391611

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Non-fiction general

Format

269 x 205 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

215 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

215 amazing colour photographs accompany facts, stats and trivia that will boggle the mind. The perfect gift for those who love YouTube or those who are new to the incredible site. The average person spends five minutes a day on YouTube – over 120 minutes every month. Carlton Books are the world leaders in QR code powered books, which take readers straight to the action.

Total Road Cycling Cycling Plus Cycling has never been more popular, whether as a pro-level sport on TV, as a way of commuting on city streets, or as a massive participation sport involving millions of dedicated road riders. Total Road Cycling is an extensive and authoritative book aimed at the legions of weekend heroes who inhabit the world of road riding, from those entering their first charity event to seasoned riders looking to improve their performance. Everything that these riders need to know is here, in one comprehensive volume. Illustrated throughout with annotated photographs and step-by-step artworks and images, this is the only book any road rider will ever need. Starting by looking at choosing the right kit, the book talks you through everything from buying a bike to deciding on the right clothes and accessories. It then looks at how best to train for the rigours of the open road by getting your bike-specific fitness up to scratch. But riding a bike is much more than just pedalling hard, so next come the essential skills necessary for efficient speed – including climbing, cornering, and descending. Road riding also has its own tactics and this volume shows you the strategies that will keep you at the front of the pack. You won't get far if you don't eat the right food, so next comes a section on fuelling for rides.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$44.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781787390652

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Cycling Plus is Great Britain's biggest-selling cycling magazine and is a highly respected source of up-to-the-minute information and advice on all aspects of road cycling. The wealth of expertise the magazine can bring to the book makes it a unique brand that's at the centre of a popular trend.

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 230 mm

•

Extent

192pp

•

Illustrations

250 colour photographs

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

•

Produced in association with Cycling Plus magazine, the UK's biggest-selling bike magazine and the heavyweight brand in cycle publishing. Cycling Plus ' circulation is more than 50,000 copies every month. Pulls together everything that all riders, at all levels of experience, need to know in one comprehensive volume. This is a richly illustrated book, full of annotated photographs and detailed step-by-step images and artworks. The global road cycling market is growing rapidly with global revenues expected to rise from US$45bn in 2015 to US$62 billion by 2024. It makes cycling the biggest global sporting goods market by revenue (Persistence Market Research, 2016).

World Football Records 2019 Keir Radnedge

World Football Records is the ultimate, official recognition of all the outstanding players, coaches, fans and teams from the beautiful game. With features on the leading nations, men's and women's teams, tournaments and award-winners this book is a must-have for all football fans. The section on the FIFA World Cup has been completely updated to include the events of the 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia. There is also a section on the man and woman selected as the world's best player in 2017, plus the other award-winners in various categories, presented by FIFA at their "The Best" Gala. The book ends with the definitive FIFA World Rankings so that you can find where exactly your country is placed in the world order.

Author Details Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Keir Radnedge has covered football for more than 50 years and written countless books on the subject, from tournament guides to comprehensive encyclopedias. He has written for the Daily Mail for 20 years, for The Guardian and several other national newspapers and magazines in the UK and abroad. He is a former editor of World Soccer and is a regular analyst for BBC radio and television, Sky Sports and CNN.

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$44.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781787391604

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

269 x 205 mm

•

Extent

256pp

•

Illustrations

550 colour and b&w images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

This is the 10th edition of the annual bestseller, which continues to break new ground in combining facts, records and statistics in a lively, easy-to-read format and filled with fantastic photographs. Inspiring stories behind each of the record-breaking players, coaches, nations and teams as well as the world's major tournaments. The FIFA World Cup is the largest single sports event in the world attracting attendance of several million viewers. Russia was the 2018 FIFA World Cup host, with 64 games played between 14 June and 15 July. All the records set in the 2018 finals will be included in this edition. The World Records sports series has global sales approaching 1.25 million. Cumulative viewing figures of FIFA matches are counted in the billions.

Formula One: The Illustrated History Bruce Jones

Formula One: The Illustrated History describes every significant moment in all 68 FIA Formula One Drivers' World Championships (and 60 Constructors' Cup). A superbly detailed book, it captures the drama, thrill and glamour of motor racing and, uniquely, provides a series of specially commissioned interviews with stars from every Formula One decade; Tony Brooks, John Surtees, Sir Jackie Stewart, Nigel Mansell, David Coulthard, Jarno Trulli and Mark Webber. From Juan Manuel Fangio's dominance in the 1950s through to today's era of Lewis Hamilton and Mercedes, and the great championship battles in the intervening decades, this fully updated edition – including the 2017 season – is essential reading for any Formula One fan.

Author Details Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00 | NZ$55.00

ISBN

9781787391420

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Non-fiction general

Format

280 x 230 mm

Extent

360pp

Illustrations

410 colour and black & white images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Bruce Jones is one of the best-known faces and voices in motor racing and a pit-lane regular at all of the world's Formula One circuits. A former editor of Autosport magazine, he has written numerous books, including the best-selling annual, Guide to Formula One. He is also the author of Formula One From Above, The Complete Encyclopedia of Formula One, World Formula 1 Records, Grand Prix Yesterday & Today and Formula One Miscellany.

Key Information • • • •

The most complete, in-depth guide to the history of F1; the cars, the stars and the tracks with unique interviews and images. The Formula One World Championship – which will comprise 21 races in 2018 – is truly global with only Africa and the Polar regions not hosting Grand Prix races. In 2017 over 4 million people went to watch Formula 1 races with an extra 390million watching on TV. Previous editions of this book have total sales approaching 120k globally.

Pocket The Queen Wisdom Inspirational quotes and wise words from an iconic monarch An inspiring collection of some of the best-loved quotes from her majesty, Queen Elizabeth II. C OV E R

Queen Elizabeth II is one of the most important cultural and political icons in modern British history. As the United Kingdom’s longest reigning monarch, she is known for her poise, wit and class.

DRAF T

Pocket The Queen Wisdom is an inspiring collection of her majesty’s best loved quotes on life, family, politics, fame and history, and celebrates her immense legacy. Some quotes from Queen Elizabeth II:

‘Grief is the price we pay for love.’

‘The world is not the most pleasant place. Eventually your parents leave you and nobody is going to go out of their way to protect you unconditionally. You need to learn to stand up for yourself and what you believe and sometimes, pardon my language, kick some ass.’

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9781784882259

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

‘I have to be seen to be believed’

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Key Information

Series

Pocket Wisdom

Category

Gift

Format

132 x 110 mm

Extent

96pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour drawings

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

‘I cannot lead you into battle. I do not give you laws or administer justice but I can do something else - I can give my heart and my devotion to these old islands and to all the peoples of our brotherhood of nations.’

• •

The latest in the bestselling Pocket Wisdom series. The outstanding popularity of Netflix’s The Crown shows a revived interest in the Queen, with Wikipedia announcing this year that the page on Her Majesty was the third most viewed on the site last year, rising from 13th in 2016. Iconic and wise life lessons from a true icon. Nice package and good price point – the perfect gift or impulse buy.

T H E QU E E N O N L IF E

TH E QUEE N O N L I F E

“

The world is not the most

unconditionally. You need to

pleasant place. Eventually

learn to stand up for yourself and

your parents leave you and

what you believe and sometimes

nobody is going to go out

– pardon my language –

of their way to protect you…

KICK SOME ASS. ”

T H E QU E E N O N FA M ILY

“

Family does not necessarily mean blood relatives, but often a description of a community, organisation or nation.

” 56

TH E QUEE N O N FAMI LY

“

Like all the best families, we have our share of eccentricities, of impetuous and

WAY WARD YOUNGSTERS and of family disagreements.

” 57

12 FACTS O N TH E Q U E E N

12 FACTS O N TH E QUEEN

The Queen’s full title in the United Kingdom is: Elizabeth II, by the Grace of God, of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, and of her other Realms and Territories Queen, Head of the Commonwealth, Defender of the Faith.

The Queen is the only person in the UK who doesn’t need a driver’s license or a license plate to drive. Or even a passport to travel internationally. 5

Her favourite cake is honey and cream sponge. 2

She’s been wearing the same nail polish since 1989 – Essie’s Ballet Slippers.

She has owned over 30 corgis. Her first dog was named Susan.

The Queen used to own two sloths, which were given to her during a state visit to Brazil in 1968.

Wrinklies Wordly Wit & Wisdom Allison Vale and Alison Rattle

Wrinklies More Wit & Wisdom is a compilation of over 1500 amusing and insightful quotations from well known writers, politicians, film stars, artists, musicians and philosophers. Every topic of discussion is covered – from love and marriage, sex and Viagra, to dressing inappropriately, entering retirement, families and the march of technology. Whether you're just getting your grey hairs or you're a venerable member of the golden generation, Wrinklies More Wit & Wisdom is the perfect source of insight and advice.

Author Details Allison Vale, born in Cardiff, taught history in London before becoming an author (and mother!) She lives in Somerset with her husband and two children. Alison Rattle worked in London as a fashion designer before moving into publishing. She lives in Somerset with her partner and three children. She was co-author of Hell House and Other True Hauntings, Liquor and Laudanum and Wrinklies' Wit & Wisdom Rides Again and Mothers' Wit.

Key Information Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781911610137

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

The latest addition to the highly successful Wrinklies series. Includes quotes by John Cleese, Joan Collins, Ned Sherrin, Steve Martin, Joanna Lumley, Spike Milligan, Groucho Marx, Germaine Greer, Lauren Bacall and Woody Allen amongst others. The ideal gift for oldies of all ages.

Retro Games Profiling the 50 best titles from the golden age of gaming Marty Allen Discover 50 of the best-loved video games ever from the 80s and 90s and relive some of the best moments of your childhood. With their creativity, charm and memories, retro games are never far from our hearts. We all love to plug in old consoles and relive a bit of our childhoods for a couple of hours, but what are the best games from that era? Were you a Nintendo die-hard and Mario loyalist or seduced by Sonic and Sega? Did you always pick Ryu from Street Fighter or was Kazuya Mishima from Tekken more of your scene? This celebration of some of the greatest shoot-em-ups, platform games, role-players and more from the 80s and 90s profiles 50 classic games. It’s a must read for anyone who grew up or has fallen in love with this golden age of gaming. How many have you completed?

Author Details Marty Allen is a life-long video game fan and writer who contributes regularly to goombastomp.com and ranker.com. He is a regular guest on gaming podcasts, discussing his 30-plus years as an avid gamer. He is based in New York City. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$17.99

ISBN

9781911026624

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

50 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

An ideal gift for gamers of all ages. Looks at some of the legendary games from all the most popular retro consoles – NES, Sega Mega Drive, N64, PS1, and more. The interest in retro games is at an all-time high. The recent re-release of classic consoles from Nintendo saw stocks disappearing in a matter of hours.

CB1260 Retro Games v1

Super Mario Bros.

The Legend of Zelda

O CTOBER, 1985 > P LATFORM : N INTENDO E NTERTAINMENT S YSTEM > D EVELOPER : N INTENDO > C REATORS : S HIGERU M IYAMOTO , T AKASHI T EZUKA > Y EAR :

F EBRUARY, 1986 > P LATFORM : N INTENDO E NTERTAINMENT S YSTEM > D EVELOPER : N INTENDO > C REATORS : S HIGERU M IYAMOTO , T AKASHI T EZUKA > Y EAR :

Shigeru Miyamoto said, “A game that keeps a smile on the player’s face is a wonderful thing.” Few things trigger smiles like the simple joy of seeing a little red plumber hit his head against a question-block in World 1-1 of Super Mario Bros. From Koji Kondo’s iconic music to the game’s improbable use of mushrooms as power-ups, Mario and Luigi not only changed the game, but also saved it with a smile. With Super Mario Bros., Nintendo took the form of video games and developed it, adding a coat of polish that has become synonymous with their in-house games. In doing so, they launched a mascot and the Nintendo brand into happy homes and the history books. But their innovations, like so much of what Nintendo does, were playful and welcoming. What mattered most was that everyone wanted to pick up and play this game, and that they could. Super Mario Bros. is immediately understandable—Mario runs and jumps and stomps on stuff—and every element is crafted with such care and precision that it just made sense. It set the standard that still brings smiles to the faces of gamers today.

Reflecting on his Zelda series, Shigeru Miyamoto said, “I think many people dream about becoming heroes.” Any child of the 1980s who clutched a golden NES cartridge and burnt down the bushes of Hyrule is living evidence that Miyamoto did his job. The Legend of Zelda was developed at the same time as Super Mario Bros., a fact that is itself amazing in light of the impact of both games. Miyamoto and his team wanted to separate Zelda from Mario, so they crafted an open-ended fantasy game with an elaborate map, intricate dungeons, and unique monsters. From the first time you dropped a bomb on Dodongo (he dislikes smoke) to the moment you emerged from the Lost Woods (north, west, south, west), The Legend of Zelda lived up to its name—it’s legendary, and you are the hero. To this day, when a new Zelda game is announced, it is cause for the entire gaming community to stop everything it’s doing, put on their green tunics, and get ready to be heroes again.

IW CB1260_RETRO_GAMES_01_21.indd 8

13/06/2018 14:03

IW CB1260_RETRO_GAMES_01_21.indd 9

13/06/2018 14:03

CB1260 Retro Games v1

Duck Hunt

Metroid

O CTOBER 1985 > P LATFORM : N INTENDO E NTERTAINMENT S YSTEM > D EVELOPER : N INTENDO > P RODUCERS : G UNPEI Y OKOI , S HIGERU M IYAMOTO > Y EAR :

AUGUST, 1986 > P LATFORM : N INTENDO E NTERTAINMENT S YSTEM > D EVELOPER : N INTENDO > P RODUCER : G UNPEI Y OKOI > D IRECTOR : Y OSHIO S AKAMOTO > Y EAR :

Shooting gallery games are as old as the carnival and the arcade. With Duck Hunt, Nintendo sought to capitalize on this well-trodden pastime in their new home console, creating the single best reason to have a Nintendo Zapper as part of your gaming arsenal. In Duck Hunt, your task is self-explanatory—point a gun and shoot at ducks (and some occasional target discs). Miss, and you get taunted by a deeply irritating dog. Repeat. The resulting game proved curiously addictive, both because it was included as one of the first pack-ins for the console, but also because, in some primal and ineffable way, it just worked. Those who spent long hours hunting ducks can still hear the lonesome 8-bit bark of the dog, as it flushes your would-be prey, and its deliciously maddening snicker if you fail at your task.

Nintendo had already found critical and commercial success with Donkey Kong, Super Mario Bros., and The Legend of Zelda, but they longed for an outer-space adventure with a darker tone. Metroid was produced by one of Nintendo’s lesser-known early heroes, the late Gunpei Yokoi, who, along with Metroid’s talented team, crafted another Nintendo icon. Heavily inspired by Ridley Scott’s film Alien, Metroid’s moody fusion of an open-world, science-fiction landscape and open-ended discovery changed adventure games. The new concept of a weapons and power-up system that allowed the exploration of areas which initially appeared inaccessible laid the groundwork for a generation of side-scrolling adventure games dubbed Metroid-vania, a fusion of this game’s name and that of its influential contemporary, Castlevania. The enduring Metroid franchise inspires some of Nintendo’s deepest loyalties. The original is perhaps best-remembered for the then-revolutionary ending-reveal that its super-powerful, bounty-hunter protagonist, Samus Aran, had been… spoiler alert… a lady all along!

IW CB1260_RETRO_GAMES_01_21.indd 10

13/06/2018 14:03

IW CB1260_RETRO_GAMES_01_21.indd 11

13/06/2018 14:03

CB1260 Retro Games v1

Contra

Punch-Out!! (originally Mike Tyson's Punch-Out!!)

F EBRUARY, 1987 > P LATFORM : N INTENDO E NTERTAINMENT S YSTEM > D EVELOPER : K ONAMI > D ESIGNER : S HIGEHARU U MEZAKI > Y EAR :

O CTOBER, 1987 > P LATFORM : N INTENDO E NTERTAINMENT S YSTEM > D EVELOPER : N INTENDO > C REATORS : G ENYO T AKEDA , M INORU A RAKAWA

> Y EAR :

Contra is as much a game about shirtless mercenaries shooting clever guns at relentless swooping aliens as it is about running and jumping and dying a lot. A classic run-and-gun shooter, Contra was ported from a more robust arcade game down to an equally satisfying home version for the NES in 1987. It demonstrated the power of third-party support while making it possible for two players to scream about their inevitable deaths at the hands of hordes of alien fiends in the comfort of their own homes. Thankfully, Contra was also the game to popularize the now culturally pervasive Konami Code to help save the day. Created initially for Konami’s Gradius, the player inputs “up-up-down-down-left-right-left-right-BA-start” into the controller. This became the convoluted cheat to end all cheats when it rose to fame with Contra, adding 30 entirely necessary extra lives. Rifs and permutations of the Konami Code have gone on to feature in nearly every Konami game to date (and countless non-Konami games, movies, songs, novels, and television shows), leaving that string of obscure inputs cemented into the impressionable minds of a sore-thumbed generation.

There’s still something special about Punch-Out!! In this translation from the arcade original, the changes Nintendo made out of necessity managed to craft a compelling and surprisingly strategic boxing simulation that transcends its source material. Instead of the wireframe dummy and bare-bones story found in the arcade, you step into the little shoes of Little Mac, and make your way up the boxing circuit through a swathe of cartoonish opponents. Rather than simply punching everything in his way, our diminutive hero uses a deceptively simple moveset to break down the patterns of each of his over-the-top pugilist foes in order to score the elusive KO (knockout) or TKO (technical knockout). Punch-Out!! ends up having as much in common with a puzzle game as it does with a sporting simulation. Top that off with the Rocky-inspired story as told via training-sequence cutscenes between Little Mac and Doc, and you get the stuff of legend, including unforgettable advice like, “Join the Nintendo Fun Club today, Mac!”

IW CB1260_RETRO_GAMES_01_21.indd 12

13/06/2018 14:03

IW CB1260_RETRO_GAMES_01_21.indd 13

13/06/2018 14:03

CB1260 Retro Games v1

Mega Man 2

Ninja Gaiden (European Release: Shadow Warriors)

DECEMBER, 1988 > P LATFORM : N INTENDO E NTERTAINMENT S YSTEM > D EVELOPER : C APCOM > D IRECTOR : A KIRA K ITAMURA > A RTIST : K EIJI I NAFUNE > Y EAR :

MARCH, 1989 > P LATFORM : N INTENDO E NTERTAINMENT S YSTEM > D EVELOPER : T ECMO > D IRECTOR : H IDEO Y OSHIZAWA ( AS S AKURAZAKI )

> Y EAR :

While the original Mega Man defined the formula for its many sequels to come, it was Mega Man 2 that launched the series to greatness and acclaim. In Mega Man games, you are an iconic little blue robot, sent by your creator, Dr. Light, to defeat the evil scientist, Dr. Wily. In order to do so, you must destroy Dr. Wily’s robotic creations and take on their powers. In Mega Man 2, those robot foes are Metal Man, Air Man, Bubble Man, Quick Man, Crash Man, Flash Man, Heat Man, and Wood Man, and they are collectively and individually a master class in boss design. Each of their themed worlds functions as the perfect support for this unforgettable action game. While the bosses can be tackled in any order, through trial and error (or with some help from Nintendo Power), players eventually discover that each boss has a weakness to another’s powers, opening up a preferred progression of robot awesome-ness and opening the doors for an unforgettable series.

“The wind howls as the two dueling ninjas glare at each other in the moonlight.” (Prologue, Ninja Gaiden Instruction Manual). The dream of becoming a ninja has fueled adolescent fantasies since long before a group of pizza-loving turtles took over the New York sewer system. Ninja Gaiden made that katana-swinging aspiration real when Ryu Hyabusa arrived on the NES to avenge his father’s death. As it turns out, being a ninja—at least one cast in the world of Ninja Gaiden—is extremely hard. Ninja Gaiden is a celebrated title from the 8-bit era of gaming, but that celebration is often colored with dark memories of game controllers being thrown like frustrated ninja stars due its high difficulty curve. But players who persevered were rewarded, as Ninja Gaiden is also remembered for its pioneering use of cinematic cutscenes to tell Ryu’s harrowing tale.

IW CB1260_RETRO_GAMES_01_21.indd 14

13/06/2018 14:21

IW CB1260_RETRO_GAMES_01_21.indd 15

13/06/2018 14:21

Beer 100 awesome facts about your favorite brew CICO Books An epic collection of beer-related trivia for hop heads, barflies and lager lovers. Beer is the most widely consumed alcoholic beverage in the world. In fact, only water and tea are drunk more widely, with the biggest boozers being the Czechs, who put away a staggering 142.6 litres of beer per capita each year. Impressive. Want to know more about all things beer? You’ve come to the right place, because inside you can discover over 150 fun facts about what goes into your pint glass, such as: ·The world’s largest beer glass held over 2,000 litres of beer, contained 3,664 pints and was over 7 feet tall. ·Carlsberg created a suitably sizeable beer mat to match that beer glass; it measured 15 meters across. ·The world record for balancing pints of beer on your heads stands at 235 glasses. ·The fastest pint ever downed took 1.6 seconds.

Key Information • Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$17.99

ISBN

9781911026679

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

30 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

Packed with fun facts that are perfect to share down the pub, this is the perfect stocking filler for any beer lover Australians are beer obsessed, consuming nearly 1.7 billion litres of beer each year — about the equivalent of 670 Olympic-sized swimming pools (ABA and Finder.com).

CB1261 Beer - Final text

A B E E R Y B L A S T F R O M T H E PA S T

The New WorLD The flag that inspired Francis Scott Key to pen The Star-Spangled Banner, the national anthem of the United States, was stitched by flag-maker Mary Pickersgill on the floor of a brewery in Baltimore. The finished flag measured 42 x 30ft (13 x 9m), so Mary needed a large space where she could work on her hands and knees.

In 1620, the Pilgrim Fathers embarked on an epic journey on the Mayflower across the Atlantic Ocean to found the first colony in New England, USA. According to a diary entry made by one passenger, the pilgrims were forced to disembark at Plymouth Rock, instead of Virginia, because the crew onboard the rented ship were concerned that they would run out of beer for the return journey to England.

Ancient A Inca girls, aged around 8â&#x20AC;&#x201C;10 years old, would wo chew corn into a pulp-like consistency, and then the spit it into large vats of warm water where it would wou sit and ferment for several weeks. The lumpy, spit-fi spit lled beer would then be strained for drinking.

The first President of the United States, George Washington, had a taste for porter, importing the popular beer from England, as it was not made in America before the War of Independence (1775â&#x20AC;&#x201C;1883). Oh yes, and Washington also had his own brewhouse in the grounds of Mount Vernon, his estate in Fairfax County, Virginia.

Thomas Jeff erson, one o f the Foundin Fathers of th g e United Sta tes, wrote a of the Decla draft ration of Ind ependence in the Indian Q ueen tavern in P hiladelphia, apparently w hile sipping on ale.

IW_CB1261_BEER_06_23.indd 18

16/05/2018 11:32

IW_CB1261_BEER_06_23.indd 19

16/05/2018 11:32

CB1261 Beer - Final text

A B E E R Y B L A S T F R O M T H E PA S T

M o r e r e c e n t t i m es

In I 1840, Bavarian John Wagner was the first person in the United States to use lager yeast in brewing, creating the very first la lager in a small brewery a at the back of his house in St. John Street, Philadelphia. The rest, as they say, is history.

Nursing mothers and wet nurses in mid-19th-century Munich, Germany, aimed to drink up to 7 pints of beer a day, believing this was necessary for successful breastfeeding. Fools! In 1876, Munich’s health department made it clear that 2 pints was the recommended dose.

During World War One, the Chancellor of the Exchequer, David Lloyd George, led a campaign to o persuade people to consume less alcohol in the belief lief that excess drinking was affecting the war effort. When this had little effect, the British Government nt introduced a “No Treating Order,” which stated that hat any drink had to be consumed only by the person paying for it. The maximum penalty for buying a round of drinks for other people was six months in prison.

IW_CB1261_BEER_06_23.indd 20

Durin g orph World W aned ar Tw b Wojt o ek w ear cub c , an as ad soldi a lled divis ers from opted b y ion o a tra nspo f the Wojt r P t e olish ka soldi ers a ccompan army. s the ied t am he y deve munition transpor ted , and lope dat Appa also a bott rently, w ste for b le ee h woul of beer w en Wotje r. d pe k er in as empt ’s side y, he for m ore!

16/05/2018 11:33

IW_CB1261_BEER_06_23.indd 21

16/05/2018 11:33

CB1261 Beer - Final text

Beer Trivia

Fun and Fascinating Beer Facts

Saint Brigid of Ireland (d.525 CE) is said to have performed miracles, including changing water into beer for a leper colony and supplying enough beer for 18 churches from a single barrel. Oh yes, and she’s also one of the patron saints of beer.

Zytho lo the stu gy is the of fi c d It is de y of beer an ial name for d beer rived f -makin rom th zythos g. e ( (mean meaning “be Greek word ing “st s er”) an udy”). d logo s

After winning the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1922, Danish scientist Niels Bohr was rewarded by the Carlsberg brewery with a house and a limitless supply of piped beer. The pipe ran from the brewery directly to Niels’ house.

After water and t tea, beer is the most popular drink in the world.

The word beer may come from the Latin bibere, meaning “to drink or toast.” Some experts believe it might also originate from the Proto-Germanic word beuwoz. Over the centuries, variations developed, with the Old English using beor and the Germans saying bier. Cheers, anyway!

les, kett ize r e der opp up c ten/ten king! e n i f drin o so o sh er t , and t just for e b se ot ner an u nditio —it’s n c u o t c Yo mea hair as a

IW_CB1261_BEER_24_45.indd 26

16/05/2018 11:44

IW_CB1261_BEER_24_45.indd 27

16/05/2018 11:44

CB1261 Beer - Final text

Beer Trivia

Salvage divers uncovered the oldest drinkable beer in the world in 2010, while investigating an early 19th-century shipwreck in the Baltic Sea. The beer in the bottles had been preserved because the culture in the beer was still alive.

Beer commercials in the USA are not allowed to show people actually drinking beer. US television networks have regulations stating that people cannot be shown consuming an alcoholic beverage in any TV commercial.

Portla Orego nd, in n, U many n SA, has ick one of names, “Beerv which is a the larg na” due to e numb er microb rewerie of s in the r egion.

Before B hops became a key ingredient in brewing, b brewers used gruit, a mixture of o herbs and spices such as bog myrtle, yarrow, y aniseed, juniper, and nutmeg to make m beer bitter and add flavor. Some modern m craft breweries are now creating gruit g ales and gather at International Gruit Day each year to celebrate this ancient style of beer-making. a

Six-packs of beer first became commercially available in the late 1940s, with Pabst Brewing usually being credited as the first brewer to package beer in this way—either because a six-pack was considered the ideal weight for the average person to carry or because it would fit into a standard grocery bag.

Every April, at the sta rt of Bavarian Beer We ek, in Munich, Germany, an open-air beer fountain dispenses free beer to the public.

IW_CB1261_BEER_24_45.indd 28

16/05/2018 11:44

IW_CB1261_BEER_24_45.indd 29

16/05/2018 11:44

Grandpa Magic Allan Zola Kronzek

Here’s how to be the coolest grandparent on the block—and get your grandkids to look up from their phones or tablets and actually interact with you. Written by a professional magician who knows that everyone, no matter how young or old, is craving something real, something live, something special, Grandpa Magic is a collection of 112 easy-to-master tricks, stunts, and brainteasers that will engage and tickle grandkids of every age (like the little ones who will greet any trick with jaw-dropping amazement, and the older ones who already know Santa doesn’t exist and will hound you to tell them how you did it). It starts with the age-old trick of pulling an object out of thin air and moves on to tricks with straws — up your nose and out your mouth; coins — make several pennies melt through your grandchild’s hand; cards, including a mind-reading trick. There are dining table tricks (Bounce a Dinner Roll off the Floor), mental mysteries, the Floating Finger illusion, and a three-act show that grandparents and grandkids can perform together. A third section of the book is filled with visual puzzles, challenges, and brainteasers — The Mountain Climber Problem, The Impossible Knot, The Elevator Enigma — that require no physical dexterity and yet will keep your young audience rapt.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781523501052

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Allan Zola Kronzek is a magician, educator, and the author of the New York Times Bestseller The Sorcerer’s Companion—A Guide to the Magical World of Harry Potter (over 1 million copies sold worldwide in 14 languages). He is also the author of The Secrets of Alkazar, 52 Ways to Cheat at Poker, and the forthcoming The Book of Powers. He lives in Sag Harbor, NY.

Format

232 x 210 mm

Key Information

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

2-colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Step-by-step illustrations will show even the most novice of grandparents how to pull it all off flawlessly, and be dazzling in no time.

Author Details

•

The grandparenting category is focused mostly on earnest and sentimental books (many aimed at the grandmother specifically), or are directed at the grandchildren themselves. Here at last is a book as cool and fun as today's grandparents. And even better, these lively tricks help grandparents engage their grandchildren and make memories together. Tricks range from the simple classics (make a coin disappear) to the mysterious (guessing a number) to the strangely amusing (make a dollar bill ring or turn a napkin into a mouse), and include verbal brainteasers that are proven to leave kids gobsmacked. There's even the Amazing Zucchini, a mind-reading act to perform with your grandkid! Illustrated step-by-step for easy learning, even for novices, these tricks use everyday items like coins, toothpicks, dollar bills, playing cards, or even your own fingers. Allan Zola Kronzek is constantly asked for tricks people can show their grandchildren. He is a magician, educator, and author.

Classic Puzzles: From Ancient Egypt to the Modern Era Tim Dedopulos

Classic Puzzles: From Ancient Egypt to the Modern Era is a compendium of premier puzzles pulled from the most intelligent civilisations throughout history. Taken from the heads of the finest Greek philosophers and the most sage minds of the ancient Japanese, alongside the finest riddles and puzzles of our own generations, this book is full of mysteries that have puzzled the most intelligent humans that ever lived – from the most popular puzzles to the oldest ever recorded.

Author Details Tim Dedopulos is an author, puzzle setter and editor. He worked for Wizards of the Coast and White Wolf, and has written role-playing games and fiction. He wrote The Ultimate 1001 Puzzle Book and The Greatest Puzzles Ever Solved (both Carlton Books titles). He lives in central London.

Key Information • • • Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$15.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781787390973

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzle & activity

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

100 b&w puzzle illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

A beautiful book of brilliant puzzles. A superb variety of taxing teasers, including the world's oldest puzzle. The puzzles have been curated by an acclaimed puzzle-setter.

Einstein's Relatively Difficult Puzzle Universe Tim Dedopulos

Learn to think like the father of relativity himself as you ponder over puzzles, enigmas, quizzes and logic trials based on and inspired by Einstein's works. In Einstein's Relatively Difficult Puzzle Universe you'll come across more than 80 puzzles drawing on his scientific exploration, along with a selection of the wisest quotes from the genius physicist himself.

Key Information • • Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$15.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781787390720

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzle & activity

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

80 b&w artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

Einstein's theories and discoveries have changed the scientific world forever. A fantastic puzzle book inspired by the works of Albert Einstein. The book contains more than 80 puzzles, enigmas and conundrums of varying difficulty. Einstein is instantly recognisable both in pop culture as well as the scientific community.

Modern Puzzles: from The Victorians to the Computer Age Tim Dedopulos

Modern Enigmas: From the Victorians to the Computer Age is a compendium of the finest riddles and conundrums from across the globe. Taken from the world's brightest minds, these baffling mysteries and brainteasers are the best the world has to offer when it comes to quizzical questions. This book is full of dilemmas that have puzzled the most intelligent humans of our age from the most popular to the most confounding.

Key Information • • • Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$15.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781787390935

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzle & activity

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

100 b&w puzzle illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

A beautiful book of brilliant puzzles. A superb variety of taxing teasers, including the world's toughest puzzle. The puzzles have been curated by an acclaimed puzzle-setter.

The Mensa Number Puzzle Book Dr Garreth Moore and Mensa

For as long as civilisations have known how to ascribe numerical values to quantities, there have been number puzzles; ancient Egyptian scrolls have been found with difficult problems for the reader to solve. Now Mensa, the leading high IQ society, have created a book which will challenge even the most adept puzzle-solver. A wide variety of puzzle types have been included from societies around the world in The Mensa Number Puzzle Book. Each includes a historical introduction, advice on how to solve them, and even tips on how to create your own puzzles from Dr Gareth Moore, a world-renowned puzzle-setter.

Author Details Mensa is the world's premier brain brand. All the puzzles and questions in this book have been compiled by members of this world famous organisation.

Key Information • Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787391529

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & activities

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

b&w puzzles

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Mensa is the ultimate, internationally recognised brain brand. The Mensa Number Puzzle Book is a follow-up book from 2017's successful The Mensa Quiz Book. Carlton Books have sold millions of Mensa-branded books around the world. There are over 50,000 Mensa members in the UK alone (Australia has over 2,100).

Leonardo Da Vinci's Inventive Puzzles Richard Wolfrick Galland

Da Vinci was a man who lived ahead of his time. From beautiful frescos, sculptures and artworks, he also invented flying machines, diving bells, and even renaissance versions of tanks and robotic automatons. His personal life was shrouded in mystery and many of his works are reputed to hold all sorts of secrets in the form of codes and puzzles. Delve into the mind of this great man in Leonardo da Vinci's Inventive Puzzles - over 80 different puzzles inspired and in the style of Leonardo Da Vinci and his works. Full of riddles, codebreaking, enigmas, and logic challenges, this puzzle book is only for the most astute of quizzers.

Author Details Richard Wolfrik Galland is a writer and games designer. He has worked as a magazine editor for Games Workshop, and as a games designer for Hasbro in the UK and Sony Japan. He is currently the creative director of Warm Acre Games, a successful independent publisher of various types of game. He lives in Lincoln in the UK.

Key Information •

Publication

01 December 2018

•

Binding

Hardback

•

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$18.99

ISBN

9781787390867

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Approx. 80 b&w artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

2019 will mark 500 years since the death of Leonardo da Vinci, and plans to commemorate him are already in progress – such as a group of geneticists planning to sequence his DNA to find out what he looked like. Da Vinci and his works have always been in the public perception – from Dan Brown's The Da Vinci Code to being played by Peter Capaldi in Sky's Inside the Mind of Leonardo, and even in video games, such as in the Assassin's Creed franchise. Packed with over 80 puzzles of varying difficulty, written in the style of the great inventor.

How Do You Survive a Duel? Erwin Brecher

How Do You Survive a Duel? contains more than 150 ways to train your brain, improve your lateral thinking and generally get your grey matter fit! There is a whole world's worth of puzzles inside, and you'll travel the globe including a Monte Carlo racing rally riddle, the British Prison Paradox and the Swiss Smugglers' puzzle.

Author Details Mensan Erwin Brecher, PhD, was educated in Vienna, Czechoslovakia and London, where he studied physics, economics and engineering. He entered business after World War Two and became a Name at Lloyds of London in 1974. He has since written many books on non-fiction subjects, most of them puzzle books of high quality and wide variety. He received the Order of Merit in gold from the city of Vienna in recognition of his literary achievements.

Key Information • • • Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$18.99

ISBN

9781787390812

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Approx. 50 b&w line artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

A superb selection of many puzzle types. Written by puzzle expert Erwin Brecher. Contains riddles, conundrums and visual puzzles.

The Great Quiz Night Book This superb book contains a wide range of fascinating information on a huge variety of subjects perfect for quiz aficionados. There are hundreds of quizzes, divided by difficulty level and subject matter. Many are themed, along the classic lines of music, sport, geography, politics, entertainment etc. This book contains all the questions you need to set up your own quizzes, or for brushing up on your general knowledge before you try your next competition.

Key Information • • •

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$18.99

ISBN

9781787391079

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

b&w quizzes

Age Range

Terms

SOR

More than one million Carlton quiz books have been sold. A one-stop shop for setting your own quizzes or cribbing for others. There are questions on a huge spectrum of categories, from famous faces to wonders of the world.

Joke Book, The All-Time Classic The All-Time Classic Joke Book is packed with hundreds of the best, time-tested jokes. From shaggy dog stories to one-liners, this book contains more jokes than you can shake a stick at – easily sectioned so you can quickly select the perfect joke for any occasion and situation. You never know, you might even find one that makes the in-laws laugh!

Key Information • • •

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781911610120

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

352pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Hundreds and hundreds of top quality jokes for any occasion. Separated into easily themed categories. All types of joke, from one-liners to long-winded stories with pithy punchlines.

Edgar Allan Poe Puzzles from Beyond the Grave Jason Ward

In Edgar Allan Poe's Puzzles From Beyond the Grave, author Jason Ward re-imagines Poe's writings to create a challengingly fiendish – and occasionally frightening – series of riddles and puzzles which are sure to get the pulses racing of even the most hardened puzzle-solvers. As the great man said: 'The true genius shudders at incompleteness.' So make sure to complete these puzzles… or risk incurring the wrath of Edgar Allan Poe himself. Step into the Gothic world of Edgar Allan Poe and become part of his terrifying tales – just long enough to solve the riddles and conundrums found there. The acclaimed American writer, who is seen as the inventor of detective fiction, created some of the best-known and most-loved macabre stories and was an expert in the art of cryptography and mystery. Step into his world, if you dare!

Author Details Jason Ward is a celebrated entertainment writer and puzzle creator. Previous books have included the successfully gruesome Zombie Survival Puzzles, and his work has appeared in The Guardian, Little White Lies, Dazed, Curzon, The Quietus and IdeasMag.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

•

ISBN

9781787391024

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

238 x 170 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

150 colour and b&w artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

• •

A beautifully crafted and immersive puzzle book, based on the life and work of Edgar Allan Poe. The book contains more than 100 puzzles, enigmas and conundrums of varying difficulty. The puzzles are all inspired by the gothic tales of Edgar Allan Poe, and place the reader directly into the heart of the stories. Written by an acclaimed and bestselling puzzle creator and illustrated throughout with over 150 high-quality illustrations and photographs. The latest in Carlton Books' hugely successful puzzle series including; How do you Turn Water into Wine and Leonardo Da Vinci's Inventive Puzzles.

Pride & Prejudice & Puzzles Richard Wolfrick Galland

"Really, Mr. Collins," cried Elizabeth with some warmth, "you puzzle me exceedingly…" Pride and Prejudice Enter the world of Pride & Prejudice & Puzzles, a beautifully realised puzzle collection that transports you to Jane Austen's England – a land of polite intrigue and conjugal contrivance. Permit yourself the indulgence of an interval of recreation and amusement to make your acquaintance with the riddles and conundrums contained within; for you are sure to receive no inconsiderable pleasure from the puzzling over and resolving of them. Your quest for an amiable distraction will be over, leaving your curiosity entirely satisfied. Puzzles there are plenty, clues there are many, and the pages are handsomely decorated with fine engravings entirely suited to the subject matter.

Author Details Richard Galland is a writer and games designer. He has worked as a magazine editor for Games Workshop and as a games designer for Hasbro in the UK and Sony Japan. He is currently the creative director of Warm Acre Games, a successful independent publisher of various types of game. He lives in Lincoln in the UK. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781787391109

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

238 x 170 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Approx. 150 colour and b&w artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

Jane Austen is one of the most popular female authors in the world, and her novels have been translated and published abroad since 1813. New Jane Austen TV and movie adaptations are released annually. A beautiful book, written and illustrated in the style of Jane Austen's original novels.

Paul Zenon Pranks & Tricks Paul Zenon

Paul Zenon's humorous and accessible Pranks and Tricks is a jokey look at 100 of the best ways to use magic and pranks to get one over on your friends and family. Each trick explains in detail what the trick entails, why you would want to do it and a full explanation of how to set the trick up and perform it. All told in Paul Zenon's unique style, it is the ultimate source of great practical jokes.

Author Details Paul Zenon is the original fun-loving magician, and has dozens of TV credits to his name celebrating his unique brand of street magic. He has performed in major venues in more than 30 countries and has published a number of accessible and enjoyable magic books.

Key Information â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781787391383

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Drama/Theatre

Format

176 x 126 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

50 two-colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The tricks in this book are easy to follow and master, with detailed illustrated step-by-step instructions. Author Paul Zenon is a recognisable UK magician who has performed all around the world.

Paul Zenon Street Magic, Secrets of Paul Zenon

This handy book explains and shows clearly how to perform 100 close-up magic tricks and illusions. Paul Zenon, David Blaine, Dynamo and a host of other great magicians have made fooling people cool again. Paul Zenon gives you advice on how to best perform tricks, when and how to use them for the greatest effect, as well as offering his unique insight to the world of magic and illusion.

Key Information Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781787391536

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Drama/Theatre

Format

237 x 185 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

200 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

The tricks in this book are easy to follow and master, with detailed illustrated step-by-step instructions. Close-up and street magic are eternally popular subjects. Author Paul Zenon is a very recognisable UK magician who has performed all around the world. Includes over 100 ticks and illusions.

The Case Notes Sherlock Holmes Joel Jessup

Sherlock Holmes: The Case Notes are the files on which Watson based his later, more elaborate accounts of Holmes' investigations. They take the form of a scrapbook containing letters, sketches, newspaper articles and other documents sometimes mentioned in the more familiar forms of these stories, but often neglecting detail. Within these pages you will find Watson's sketches of the paw prints discovered near the body of Sir Charles Baskerville, drawings and notes of the "Dancing Men" from Holmes's sketchbook, and Sherlock Holmes's final, heart-rending letter to Watson before his violent struggle with Moriarty in "The Final Problem".

Publication

01 December 2018

Painstakingly researched, beautifully designed and packaged, and rich in period detail, this is a book that brings the world of 221B Baker Street vividly to life. It is a volume that no Sherlock Holmes fan will want to be without.

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

Joel Jessup is a freelance writer. He has written for a variety of animation television programmes, including Frankenstein's Cat, The Pinky and Perky Show, The Mr Hell Show and the award-winning Foxbusters.

ISBN

9781787391505

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Crime Fiction

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Approx. 140 colour and b&w

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

Engaging examination of the mysteries through Dr Watson's case notes, letters, telegrams, official documents and items of evidence. Enduring appeal of the detective as evidenced by the success of recent adaptations by Robert Downey Jr in the Guy Ritchie films and the TV series starring Benedict Cumberbatch. Includes fascinating items of evidence from six of Sherlock Holmes' best-known cases.

My First Origami Book 35 fun papercrafting projects for children aged 7+ CICO Books My First Origami Book is a wonderful introduction to the incredible Japanese craft of paper-folding. Origami is fun to do, requires only paper, and these 35 step-by-step origami projects will impress your family and friends. You can learn how to make all sorts of things, from amazing animals to things that fly, top toys, dazzling decorations and gorgeous gifts and cards – and you won’t even require any help from an adult. All the projects are broken down into clear, illustrated steps, showing you every fold, and there are skill levels for each one so you can start with the easiest projects and, as your origami skills, improve, work your way up. As well as becoming skilled at origami, you can go on and use your newfound paper skills to craft beautiful gifts and cards. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$23.99

ISBN

9781782496717

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Child Non-fiction/Craft/DIY

Format

276 x 208 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

250 colour artworks and photos

Age Range

7 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

Origami is the perfect first craft for young children to try alone. It includes projects by bestselling origami expert Mari Ono. Origami for Children by Mari and Roshin Ono, has sold over 170,000 copies globally. Part of the highly successful CICO Kidz My First series.

Knitted Animal Socks and Hats 35 furry and friendly creatures to keep you warm Fiona Goble Cover your head and feet in animal fun with these 35 knitting patterns, including hats for all ages, and simple stretchy socks for everyone from babies to adults. “You'll be coming back time and time again to knit these sweet and simple projects.” Review of Knitted Animal Socks, Mitts, and

Scarves, Knitting magazine. Cover your head and feet in animal fun with these 35 knitting patterns, including hats for all ages, and simple stretchy socks for everyone from babies to adults. Combine your love of knitting with your love of animals and make these stylish accessories featuring your favourite creatures. This new collection of knitting patterns for socks and hats covers you top to toe in amazing designs by Fiona Goble. There are patterns for babies, toddlers, and children, including teddy bear booties, unicorn socks and even a pug dog hat, but there are also plenty of makes for teens and adults too, including reindeer socks, and a llama hat. The sock patterns are designed to be simple and straightforward, while the hats will fit many sizes. Whether you prefer cuddly cats or colourful cockatiels, fluffy foxes or perky piglets, you will find something here to suit you.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782496403

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

276 x 208 mm

Extent

128pp

•

Illustrations

100 colour photos and 40 colour artworks

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Fiona Goble is a craft and knitting author who for many years ran a small textile business making bags, pillows, and throws. She teaches knitting and sewing classes, and is the author of several bestselling knitting books, including Knit Your Own Dolls, Knitted Animal Nursery, Knitted Animal Cozies, Knitted Animal Scarves, Mitts, and Socks, and Knitted Animal Hats , as well as Cute and Easy Knitting, Learn to Knit, Beanies and Bobble Hats , and Scarves and Cowls , all published by CICO Books. Fiona lives just outside London, UK, with her husband and teenage son.

Key Information •

Fiona Goble is a best-selling knitting author, whose titles include Knitted Animal Hats (28,000 copies sold globally) and Knitted Animal Scarves, Mitts, and Socks (over 44,000 copies sold globally). Features designs for popular animals including sloths, pugs, unicorns and llamas. Fiona's knitting tutorial videos feature on the website, maketc.com

contents Introduction 6

little ones 8

It seems like everyone these days has fallen in love with sloths, those slow-moving creatures that hang upside down in the trees of Latin America rainforests. Perhaps itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s their friendly nature, their cute faces,

FROM BIRTH TO AGE 6

Teddy booties 10 Turtle booties 13 Piglet socks 16 Racoon hat 19 Dinosaur hat 22 Dinosaur socks 24 Unicorn socks 26 Pug dog hat 29 Arctic fox hat 32 Pocket buddy socks 34 Monster foot socks 36 Unicorn hat 38

or just that they could teach us a thing or two about coping with 21stcentury living. Whatever the reason, you can now join the sloth trend and knit your own cute hat. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s one of the easiest projects in the book, so thereâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s really no excuse! SKILL LEVEL

unicorn socks These mythical animals have featured in folklore for hundreds of years.

FROM AGES 7 TO 12

Fox socks 42 Poodle socks 45 Tiger socks 48 Whale socks 51 Racoon socks 54 Bat socks 57 Lion hat 60 Bear hat 63 Marmalade cat hat 66 Whale hat 70 Cockatiel hat 74

CHAPTER 3

Oddment of light worsted (DK) yarn in black (C)

you want something less girlie, it wonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t matter a bit. After all, theyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re creatures of legend, so you really can knit and decorate them in any colors

NEEDLES AND EQUIPMENT Pair of US9 (5.5mm) knitting needles

that take your fancy.

Yarn sewing needle

Pair of US8 (5mm) knitting needles Large-eyed embroidery needle 4 x stitch markers or small safety pins

Main sock YARN AND MATERIALS Cascade 220 Fingering (100% wool), 273yd (250m) WLY ÃªVa N IHSS VM Ã&#x201E;UNLYPUN WS` `HYU! 1 ball in Cerise 7802 (A) IHSSZ PU ;\[\ ) 1 ball in White 8505 (C) Oddment of light worsted (DK) yarn in black (D) Oddments of light worsted (DK) yarns in pastel shades â&#x20AC;&#x201D;I used shades 001 Primrose, 002 Apple, HUK 7VVS MYVT +LIIPL )SPZZ )HI` *HZOTLYPUV (53% wool, 33% acrylic, 12% cashmere). NEEDLES AND EQUIPMENT :L[ VM <: TT KV\ISL WVPU[LK RUP[[PUN needles :L[ VM <: TT KV\ISL WVPU[LK RUP[[PUN ULLKSLZ 7HPY VM <: TT RUP[[PUN ULLKSLZ - TT JYVJOL[ OVVR VY VUL VM ZPTPSHY ZPaL Stitch holder (optional) Yarn sewing needle 3HYNL L`LK LTIYVPKLY` ULLKSL SIZE ;V Ã&#x201E;[ H JOPSK `LHYZ

teens and grown-ups 76

(J[\HS TLHZ\YLTLU[Z! HWWYV_ Ã±PU JT Ã«PU JT MYVT [VL [V OLLS \UZ[YL[JOLK

FROM AGE 13 TO WHENEVER YOU LIKE

GAUGE (TENSION) Z[Z HUK YV^Z [V PU JT ZX\HYL V]LY Z[VJRPUL[[L Z[VJRPUN Z[P[JO VU <: TT needles, using yarn double

Reindeer socks 78 Llama socks 81 Sloth hat 84 Chameleon hat 87 Dog socks 90 Polar bear socks 93 Shark socks 96 Panda socks 100 Zebra socks 104 Llama hat 107 Rabbit hat 110 Bee hat 112 Techniques 114 Abbreviations and Acknowledgments 126 Suppliers 127 Index 128

IW CB1223_KNITTED_ANIMAL_SOCKS_HATS_9.5mmSPINE_PBF.indd 2

YARN AND MATERIALS Katia Peru (40% wool, 40% acrylic, 20% alpaca), 115yd (106m) per 3Â½oz (100g) ball of bulky (chunky) yarn: 1 ball in 010 (A) 1 ball in 007 (B)

And if you love all things full of hope and wonder, youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re bound to be a big unicorn fan. Iâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ve chosen two shades of pink for these unicorns, but if

CHAPTER 2

in-betweeners 40

SKILL LEVEL

sloth hat

CHAPTER 1

ABBREVIATIONS

:LL WHNL

(Make 2) <ZPUN ZL[ VM <: TT ULLKSLZ JHZ[ VU Z[Z PU ( Round 1: [K2, p2] to end. Rep round 1, 9 times more. )YLHR ( QVPU PU ) HUK JOHUNL [V ZL[ VM <: TT needles. 2UP[ YV\UKZ

HEEL Next row: K10(11), turn. Next row: P20(22), turn. >VYR YLT VM OLLS VU Z[Z Q\Z[ ^VYRLK SLH]PUN YLT 20(22) sts for instep on stitch holder or spare needle. Work 8(10) rows in st st beg with a p row. Next row: K12(13), ssk, k1, turn. Next row: Sl1 pwise, p5, p2tog, p1, turn. Next row: Sl1 pwise, k to 1 st before gap, ssk, k1, turn. Next row: Sl1 pwise, p to 1 st before gap, p2tog, p1, turn. Rep last 2 rows twice more. (12/14 sts) /,,3 .<::,; On needle 1: 2 HSS OLLS Z[Z HUK WPJR \W HUK RUP[ Z[Z \W ZPKL VM OLLS Ã&#x2026;HW HUK Z[ MYVT PUZ[LW Z[Z On needle 2: K 18(20) instep sts. On needle 3! 2 YLT Z[ MYVT PUZ[LW WPJR \W HUK RUP[ Z[Z \W ZPKL VM OLLS Ã&#x2026;HW HUK R Z[Z MYVT OLLS (46/52 sts) 7\[ THYRLY VU UL_[ Z[ [V THYR ILN VM YV\UK 5L_[ YV\UK! 6U ULLKSL R [V SHZ[ Z[Z R [VN R " VU ULLKSL R HSS Z[Z" VU ULLKSL R ZZR R YLT Z[Z (44/50 sts) Next round! 2UP[ Rep last 2 rounds 10 times more. (34/40 sts)

SIZE ;V Ã&#x201E;[ ZTHSS TLKP\T TLKP\T SHYNL [LLU [V HK\S[ (For more information on sizes, see page 114.) Actual measurements: approx. 18in/46cm (19Â½in/49.5cm) circumference (unstretched) GAUGE (TENSION) 16 sts and 19 rows to 4in (10cm) square over stockinette (stocking) stitch using US9 (5.5mm) needles ABBREVIATIONS See page 126

Main hat Using US9 (5.5mm) needles, cast on 72(78) sts in A. For smaller size only, mark the 9th, 24th, 49th and 64th stitches with a stitch marker or small safety pin. For larger size only, mark the 11th, 26th, 53rd and 68th stitches. Knit 4 rows. Row 5: K30(33) in A, join in B and k12, k to end. Row 6: P29(32) in A, p14 in B, p in A to end. Row 7: K28(31) in A, k16 in B, k in A to end. Row 8: P27(30) in A, p18 in B, p in A to end. Row 9: K26(29) in A, k20 in B, k in A to end. Row 10: P25(28) in A, p22 in B, p in A to end. Row 11: K24(27) in A, k24 in B, k in A to end. Work 7 rows in st st keeping to the patt set. Row 19: K25(28) in A, k22 in B, k in A to end. Row 20: P26(29) in A, p20 in B, p in A to end. Row 21: K27(30) in A, k18 in B, k in A to end. Row 22: P28(31) in A, p16 in B, p in A to end. Break B and work rest of hat in A.

SMALLER SIZE ONLY Row 23: K5, [ssk, k10] 3 times, [k2tog, k10] twice, k2tog, k5. (66 sts) Row 24: Purl. Larger size only Work 4 rows in st st beg with a k row. Row 27: K5, [sl2, k1, p2sso, k10] 5 times, sl2, k1, p2sso, k5. (66 sts) Row 28: Purl. BOTH SIZES Next row: K4, [sl2, k1, p2sso, k8] 5 times, sl2, k1, p2sso, k4. (54 sts) Next and every WS row unless stated otherwise: Purl. Next RS row: K3, [sl2, k1, p2sso, k6] 5 times, sl2, k1, p2sso, k3. (42 sts) Next RS row: K2, [sl2, k1, p2sso, k4] 5 times, sl2, k1, p2sso, k2. (30 sts) Next RS row: K1, [sl2, k1, p2sso, k2] 5 times, sl2, k1, p2sso, k1. (18 sts) Next row (WS): [P2tog] to end. (9 sts)

84CCC TEENS AND GROWN-UPS

Break yarn leaving a long tail. Thread yarn tail through rem sts, pull up tightly and secure.

Eye patches (Make 2) Using US8 (5mm) needles, cast on 5 sts in A. Work 10 rows in st st beg with a k row. Row 11: Ssk, k1, k2tog. (3 sts) Row 12: P3tog. (1 st) Fasten off.

,HY Ã&#x2026;HWZ With RS facing and using US9 (5.5mm) needles and A, WPJR \W HUK RUP[ Z[Z IL[^LLU [OL Ã&#x201E;YZ[ HUK ZLJVUK markers on the cast-on edge. K 7 rows. Row 9: Ssk, k to last 2 sts, k2tog. (14 sts)

Row 10: Knit. Rep rows 9â&#x20AC;&#x201C;10, 3 times more. (8 sts) Row 17: Ssk, k4, k2tog. (6 sts) Bind (cast) off. Pick up and knit 16 sts between the third and fourth THYRLYZ VU [OL JHZ[ VU LKNL HUK ^VYR [OL ZLJVUK LHY Ã&#x2026;HW in the same way.

To make up Oversew eye patches in place using photo as a guide. Using C, work two small coils of chain stitch (see page 125) for the eyes and a bigger one for the nose. Using A, work the mouth in chain stitch. :L^ IHJR ZLHT \ZPUN Ã&#x2026;H[ Z[P[JO ZLL WHNL Weave in all loose ends.

SLOTH HAT

CCC85

FOOT Knit 8(12) rounds. Next round! 7\YS TOE Next round! 6U ULLKSL R [V SHZ[ Z[Z R [VN R " VU ULLKSL R ZZR R [V SHZ[ Z[Z R [VN R " VU ULLKSL k1, ssk, k to end of round. (30/36 sts) UNICORN SOCKS

CCC27

visit our craft site:

MAKEetc.com FOR CRAFT BOOKS, PROJECTS, NEWS AND MORE

12/02/2018 09:28

Modern Quilting 25 step-by-step projects for cool and contemporary quilts and patchwork Michael Caputo Follow Michael Caputo's tutorials for every skill level to make gorgeous quilts and patchwork with 25 modern designs in an array of colourful fabrics. Quilting is an ancient craft which has many devoted makers eager for modern and innovative ideas, a call which has been answered here. If you’re a beginner, get started with a simple project such as a seat cushion or some bright coasters and placemats, then practice your skills further with a wonderful colour wheel mini quilt, to bring an exciting burst of colour into any home. There are full-size quilts which are perfect for more confident quilters, as you can really let your creativity take charge in choosing the fabrics and colours. And don’t forget the reverse – one of Michael’s trademarks is that the wrong side of the quilt is just as splendid as the right side. All the templates you'll need are included and there is a techniques section, as well as clear step-by-step artworks, to guide you. All you need to do is choose some fun fabrics and you’re ready to begin working on these inventive makes. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782496410

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

276 x 208 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

250 col photographs & illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Michael Caputo lives in North Carolina having relocated from London, UK. He was introduced to quilting by his mother, a keen quilter, and has taught quilting at the Institute in Finchley, and at Ray-Stitch in London. Michael’s first book for CICO, Quilting Basics , was published in 2016.

Key Information • • •

According to a study undertaken by Glasgow University, quilting was found to be "uniquely" good for people – they interviewed quilters and found the activity helped their cognitive, creative and emotional well-being. Learn a wide range of quilting techniques – from log cabin and triangle squares to tumbling blocks and reverse appliqué. Quilting Basics, by the same author has sold over 3,000 copies

A Beginner's Guide to Home Sewing 50 simple fabric projects for every room in the house Gloria Nicol Bring a beautiful hand-crafted touch to your home with this amazing guide. Learn everything you need to know to make all sorts of amazing and exciting projects to brighten up every room in the house! Written for beginners, this inspiring handbook guides you through 50 exciting ideas that are simple and easy to complete, including curtains, bed linens, cushion covers and so much more. Each project includes a list of materials, fool-proof step-by-step illustrated instructions, and creative variations on each project. Complete with a 13-page techniques section, A Beginner’s Guide to Home Sewing reveals the secrets behind choosing and using the right fabrics and equipment. Gloria clearly explains basic hand-sewing stitches – both decorative and functional – as well as how to use a sewing machine, making sure you get a professional-looking finish every time.

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

Gloria Nicol made her career as an excellent photographer, writer, crafter and maker. She wrote her own blog (laundryetc.co.uk) and she loved to sew, bake and grow her own vegetables. Gloria co-authored Pebble Mosaics, also published by CICO Books. She lived in Gloucestershire, UK.

ISBN

9781782496434

Key Information

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

276 x 208 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography and illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

More than 1m people – almost all women – have taken up sewing in the last three years, according to research by the Craft & Hobby Trade Association (Guardian, January 2017) With the prevalence of fast fashion and cheap furnishings, people are looking for more personalised and well-made items for their homes. Other sewing titles including A Beginner's Guide to Making Curtains, Shades, Pillows, Cushions, and More and Sewing Machine Basics, which has sold 47,000 copies, demonstrate the market for beginner's sewing books.

Sew Your Own Animal Dolls 25 creative dolls to make and give Louise Kelly Have fun sewing these 25 beautiful animal dolls, all of which can be personalised with sweet outfits and accessories. “Some of our most treasured childhood memories are of playing with our favourite dolls, and Louise Kelly's sweet hand-stitched designs instantly transport us back to that imaginary world. The irresistible charm... is all in the details she adds to each one” Review of Sew Your Own Dolls, Simply Sewing Magazine Choose from a fox, a sloth, a koala, a bear, a penguin, a deer and stag and many more cute animals. There are four basic body and head shapes and dozens of ways to make them unique, including cute ears, patterned dresses, shirts, jackets, shoes and socks. There is a doll for everyone, and each one has full-size templates for the body shapes and outfits, and simple step-by-step artworks and instructions to help you on your way – the only difficult part is choosing which one to make first!

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

Louise Kelly sells her unique dolls online through Etsy and takes commissions to design dolls based on real people. Her first book for CICO, Sew Your Own Dolls, was published in 2017. Louise is based in Derry, Northern Ireland and her blog is at loulovesthis.blogspot.co.uk.

ISBN

9781782496427

Key Information

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

•

Series

•

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

276 x 208 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

250 colour photographs and illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

These dolls are contemporary designs with on-trend clothing and accessories, bringing doll-making into the 21st century. Choose from four basic shapes and from there you can make a huge variety of dolls, all with their own individual personalities. All the doll outfits and accessories are simple to make, with clear step-by-step illustrations and instructions.

The Van Gogh Activity Book Grace Helmer The Van Gogh Activity Book is an entertaining and accessible introduction to one of the most famous artists in history. Readers will discover the key features and themes that that define Van Gogh as an artist as well as mastering mark making, experimenting with complementary colours, practising perspective and much more in 14 fun, arty exercises. With an illustrated fold-out timeline featuring seven of Van Gogh’s most famous works, The Van Gogh Activity Book is a useful reference tool as well as an engaging activity book. The Van Gogh Activity Book follows in series our successful Modern Art Activity Book. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781910552858

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

190 x 305 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Grace Helmer is a Brighton-born, London-based illustrator. She uses strong brush strokes to create her rich, ethereal oil illustrations. The expressive colour progressions in her paintings give the work a delicate, transient presence. Grace graduated from the Camberwell College of Art in 2012 and is part of the illustration studio collective Day Job. Some of her clients include: Apple, Google, HarvardX, The Washington Post, Vogue (US), Marie Claire (France), Octopus Books, and The Independent (UK).

Key Information • • •

Discover the master's methods through fun, arty activities. Follows the successful Modern Art Activity Book. Useful reference tool and an engaging activity book.

It was also during this time that Van Gogh began to struggle with his mental health. In 1888‚ after an argument with his friend‚ the artist Paul Gauguin‚ he chopped off part of his ear and was admitted to a psychiatric hospital. Despite the deterioration in his health‚ he continued to paint almost obsessively until his death in 1890.

In this book you will discover the techniques that make Van Gogh’s work so distinctive and complete activities to practise some of the master’s methods for yourself.

“I am always doing what I cannot do yet, in order to learn how to do it.” Vincent van Gogh

Art historians think that Van Gogh sold only one painting‚ The Red Vineyard at Arles‚ in his lifetime‚ yet he is now considered one of the greatest artists of all time. Some of the activities will give you a clear direction and a lot of guidance to help you‚ while others ask you to explore the techniques more freely and creatively. You can practise the techniques described in this book and in your personal sketchbook to create your own Van Gogh— inspired artwork. Van Gogh New.indd 4-5

05/03/2018 15:08

Impressionist artists left their studios and painted scenes from everyday life on the spot. Post— impressionist artists got their name because they were both influenced by and then rebelled against the Impressionists.

Post-impre ssionism Van Gogh is described as a ‘Post — impressionist’‚ alongside artists such as C ézanne‚ Gauguin and Toulouse — Lautrec. All painted at the end of the 19th century‚ and some into the 20th century. Post— impressionism is often said to be the foundation of modern art.

Van Gogh New.indd 6-7

Post— impressionists wanted their work to express meaning and emotion‚ rather than to capture scenes realistically. They did this by using bold‚ simple colours‚ and simplified or stylized shapes. They tried to capture non— visual elements in their paintings‚ such as an atmosphere or a noise.

05/03/2018 15:09

Think about a scene from your day. Pick a sound, smell or feeling and, as you sketch the scene, try to capture that element in your drawing through your use of line, shape and colour.

Gentle, flowing lines feel serene, while geometric shapes in a hard, thick line are more dynamic. Strong, solid colours convey more intense feelings than a lighter, softer palette.

Van Gogh New.indd 8-9

05/03/2018 15:09

K S

NI GHT

S E I

pai

Gogh

nte

obsessively d the night sky.

. ” y a d e me that the nig h o t t s m n e a e s h t ht is mu n e d t e r f u o o l v a n t o c n e G c h c o n g i y “It h l m h r c i ore alive and V

Van Gogh New.indd 10-11

Van Gogh’s

night scenes have a mystical‚ dream— like quality‚ in spired by his interest in the c onnection be tween dreams and reality‚ between things he observed and things he imagined.

ge.Take inspiration a p t e nex h t n ld have done.Enjoy o u o w e en o gh c s G n a of movement ht g g n i i l V e n n st a s h e fe t w e o c ur ‚ ju oti of the stars. o n g y n y i l k d k twin eate ight s rs an r e c h n n lou ed by t u ca e real o o c Y m th ity of creat fro is ns e t t a n i th t he

05/03/2018 15:09

Paperscapes: The Aviary Matt Merritt

This sumptuous book displays and describes a variety of beautiful birds. Exquisite ornithological illustrations accompany a lyrical text that brings to life more than 50 species. Press-out sections enable you to reveal the outlines of the birds and transform your book into a work of art.

Author Details Matt Merritt is the Editor of Bird Watching, Britain's best-selling birdwatching magazine, and a published poet with four collections to his name. He is frequently invited to give talks and readings, and is the Poetry Editor of the literary magazine Under the Radar. His non-fiction book A Sky Full of Birds was shortlisted for Richard Jefferies Society & White Horse Bookshop Literary Prize 2017 and longlisted for the Wainwright Prize 2017.

Key Information Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9780233005584

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

210 x 150 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Approx. 50 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • •

Features press-out sections, enabling you to turn two-dimensional images into a beautiful 3D display. Contains more than 50 beautifully illustrated birds, described by nature writer and poet Matt Merritt. Birds have had a special relationship with mankind throughout the centuries and ornithological collections can be found at natural history museums worldwide. A charming gift for any nature lover. Totally Unique. Nothing else like this exists.

Paperscapes: The Butterfly Pavilion James Lowen

This striking book displays and describes a kaleidoscope of butterflies. Exquisite illustrations accompany a lyrical text by nature writer and expert James Lowen. Press-out sections enable you to reveal the outlines of the butterflies and transform your book into a work of art.

Author Details James Lowen is an award-winning writer, photographer, editor and nature guide. He is the author of five books, including A Summer of British Wildlife, which won Travel Book of the Year at the Travel Media Awards 2016. He writes for BBC Wildlife, Bird Watching and The Countryman magazines and has appeared on BBC's Countryfile.

Key Information • Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9780233005591

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

210 x 150 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

100 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

Features press-out sections that allow the reader to turn two-dimensional images into a beautiful 3D display. Contains more than 50 beautifully illustrated butterflies, described by nature writer and photographer James Lowen. Discover a range of amazing species of this incredible insect, from the most regularly seen varieties to some of the most rare and exotic types. A charming gift for any nature lover. Totally unique. Nothing else like this exists.

Paperscapes: The Flower Garden Michael Scott

This lavish book displays and describes the characteristics of more than 50 varieties of flower. Exquisite botanical illustrations accompany a lyrical text by nature writer and botanist Michael Scott. Press-out sections enable you to reveal the outlines of the flowers and transform your book into a work of art.

Author Details Michael Scott studied botany at Aberdeen University. He is a former Scottish Officer of Plantlife, the wild plant conservation charity, and former Deputy Chairman of Scottish Natural Heritage. He is the author of several books on flowers and was awarded an OBE in 2005 for services to biodiversity conservation in Scotland.

Key Information • Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9780233005607

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

210 x 150 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Approx. 100 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Features press-out shapes, enabling you to transform a book into a work of art. The world has over 400,000 species of flowers, presenting an amazing array of colours all year round. Flowers have always been symbols of romance, renewed life and calming tranquillity. Contains over 50 incredible illustrations of some of the many flowers that populate gardens around the world, as well as some lesser-seen species. The perfect gift for anyone with green fingers or a love of botanical art.

Paperscapes: The Tree Steve Marsh

This elegant book celebrates the beauty and abundance of the forest. Exquisite illustrations of leaves, fruits and branches accompany a lyrical text by conservation expert Steve Marsh that describes the features of 52 varieties of tree. Press-out sections enable you to reveal the outline of each shape and transform your book into a work of art.

Author Details Steve Marsh has worked in woodland conservation for more than 10 years as a communications expert. He is passionate about the conservation of woodland worldwide and is frequently called on as a spokesperson on issues affecting wildlife and nature.

Key Information Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9780233005614

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

210 x 150 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

Approx. 100 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • •

Features press-out shapes, enabling you to transform the book into a work of art. Paper press-outs enable you to display it as an art book, creating a stunning natural diorama. Over 50 amazingly illustrated features that can be found in forests and woods around the globe. The desire to reconnect with forests and "green spaces" is increasing, as the bustling metropolitan city life is now the norm. Part of a collectable series.

Floret Farm's Cut Flower Garden Dahlia Notes 20 Notecards & Envelopes Erin Benzakein From bestselling author and star of the farm-to-centerpiece movement Erin Benzakein comes a stunning set of dahlia notecards. Behold the glory of dahlias and Floret Flower Farm with these beautiful cards featuring magnificent blooms. Cheerful, vibrant, and brimming with natural beauty, these garden-fresh notes are sure to brighten every recipient's day.

Author Details

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Notecards

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452172903

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

141 x 111 mm

Extent

20pp

Illustrations

10 full colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

Erin Benzakein is the founder of Floret Flower Farm and the author of Floret Farm's Cut Flower Garden. One of the nation's leading "farmer florists," a term she has helped popularise to describe those skilled at both flower farming and floral design, she is also an accomplished author, teacher, and entrepreneur. Her farm-to-centerpiece work has been featured in the New York Times Style Magazine, New York Magazine, Sunset, Martha Stewart Weddings, Martha Stewart Living, and Better Homes & Gardens, among others. She lives in Washington's Skagit Valley.

Key Information •

•

Erin is a powerhouse in the farm-to-centerpiece movement. She's a successful flower farmer and small business owner, a talented floral designer, and engaging writer. She has a loyal audience of 473k Instagram followers and 35k+ newsletter subscribers. She's been featured in the New York Times, New York Magazine, Better Homes & Gardens, and Martha Stewart Living, and many, many other publications. As we've seen from the success of Cut Flower Garden (54k sold globally), farm-to-centerpiece is the next wave of the growing local movement. In addition to fruits, veg, and herbs, home gardeners want to cultivate gorgeous flowers that they can enjoy outdoors and cut for their own arrangements. This book will appeal to the novice who appreciates beautiful arrangements as well as the pro flower gardener. This beautiful notecard set will appeal to a broad range of shoppers, including flower lovers, avid and novice gardeners, floral designers, florists, small farmers, stylists, designers, and those passionate about the locaflor movement. It will also stand on its own as a gorgeous and eye-catching purchase for people unfamiliar with Floret.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

A rainbow of freshly harvested dahlias

FloretCutFlowerGarden_DahliaNotes_cards_mech.indd 5-6

3/19/18 4:17 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

A handful of dahlia Terracotta

FloretCutFlowerGarden_DahliaNotes_cards_mech.indd 7-8

3/19/18 4:17 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Truckload of freshly harvested dahlias

FloretCutFlowerGarden_DahliaNotes_cards_mech.indd 11-12

3/19/18 4:20 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Dahlia Polka

FloretCutFlowerGarden_DahliaNotes_cards_mech.indd 19-20

3/19/18 4:22 PM

Floret Farm's Cut Flower Garden Garden Journal Erin Benzakein From bestselling author and star of the farm-to-centerpiece movement Erin Benzakein comes this stunning journal, perfect for flower lovers everywhere. From bestselling author and celebrated flower farmer Erin Benzakein comes this gorgeous journal brimming with natural beauty. Featuring vivid floral photography, inspiring phrases, and plenty of blank space to record thoughts, these pages are sure to brighten any handwritten note, plan, or idea.

Author Details Erin Benzakein is the founder of Floret Flower Farm and the author of Floret Farm's Cut Flower Garden. One of the nation's leading 'farmer florists,' a term she has helped popularise to describe those skilled at both flower farming and floral design, she is also an accomplished author, teacher, and entrepreneur. Her farm-to-centerpiece work has been featured in the New York Times Style Magazine , New York Magazine , Sunset, Martha Stewart Weddings, Martha Stewart Living , and Better Homes & Gardens , among others. She lives in Washington's Skagit Valley. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452172910

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

1 colour illustrations, full colour photographs throughout

Age Range

Terms

Key Information •

•

Erin is a powerhouse in the farm-to-centerpiece movement. She's a successful flower farmer and small business owner, a talented floral designer, and engaging writer. She has a loyal audience of 473k Instagram followers and 35k+ newsletter subscribers. She's been featured in the New York Times, New York Magazine, Better Homes & Gardens, and Martha Stewart Living, and many, many other publications. As we've seen from the success of Cut Flower Garden (54k sold globally), farm-to-centerpiece is the next wave of the growing local movement. In addition to fruits, veg, and herbs, home gardeners want to cultivate gorgeous flowers that they can enjoy outdoors and cut for their own arrangements. This book will appeal to the novice who appreciates beautiful arrangements as well as the pro flower gardener. This beautiful journal will appeal to a broad range of shoppers, including flower lovers, avid and novice gardeners, floral designers, wedding planners, florists, small farmers, stylists, designers, and those passionate about the locaflor movement. It will also stand on its own as a gorgeous and eye-catching gift for people unfamiliar with Floret.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FloretFarmsCutFlowerGarden_GardenJrnl_INT_1G.indd 6-7

2/7/18 5:36 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FloretFarmsCutFlowerGarden_GardenJrnl_INT_1G.indd 8-9

2/7/18 5:36 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FloretFarmsCutFlowerGarden_GardenJrnl_INT_1G.indd 12-13

2/7/18 5:36 PM

Le Mot Juste How to Impress Tout le Monde with Your French Celebrating the art of the French language with a charming collection of words and phrases to bring into everyday conversation. C’est parti! Have you ever wondered exactly what déjà vu is? Have you made a faux pas ? Eaten an hors d’oeuvre ? Voulez-vous an explanation of the above? Then voilà, here is a collection of les bons mots so you can start to learn that certain je ne sais quoi of the French language. Le Mot Juste contains 150 beautiful words and phrases that you’ll love to say every day.

Author Details Imogen Fortes is a writer, editor and author of The Design Museum's Paris in Fifty Design Icons and The Rough Guide to Paris . She has written books on behalf of cultural institutions, brands, restaurants and chefs, and has contributed lifestyle and travel features to a range of publications and websites. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781782439868

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Non Fic General

Format

160 x 120 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

b&w drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

A beautiful gift book which perfectly captures the elegance of the French language A small format with a high design style, this is till-side publishing at its best All things France are very en vogue, and there have been two recent successful titles: C’est La Vie and L'art de la

Simplicité •

Imogen Fortes is an experienced editor and author who lives in Paris. She is the author of Paris in 50 Design Icons published by Conran and is the co-author for The Rough Guide to Paris published by Penguin.

•

As an editor, she has worked with well-known cookery names, such as Yotam Ottolenghi, Nigel Slater and Mary Berry A gorgeous gift for francophiles.

•

The French are masters of seduction. Everywhere you look, someone is trying to charm, beguile or even extricate themself from a difficult situation, using the subtle, persuasive power of seduction. For the French, seduction is as much in the gesture – a sultry look, a fleeting touch of

L’art de la Séduction

the hand or a slight pout of the lips – as it is in the spoken

The Art of Seduction

that will help you to navigate the mysterious, alluring,

word, but there is no doubt that the language of love will get you a long way towards conquering and ensnaring the object of your affection. So what follows is an insight into the phrases and words sensual and often confusing French world of romance and seduction.

THE ART OF SEDUCTION

L’ART DE LA SÉDUCTION

Tomber amoureux

Je t’aime

[tombay amoor-eugh]

To fall in love

[ jeh tem]

I love you

THE ART OF SEDUCTION

L’ART DE LA SÉDUCTION

J’ai le coeur qui bat la chamade

T’as d’beaux yeux tu sais

[zhay leh keur ki bah lah shamad]

[tah d’bo zyeh tuw say]

My heart is pounding

You have beautiful eyes, you know

101 Art Destinations in the U.S. Owen Phillips An art lover's bucket list of must-see artworks and art – distilling the country's best artworks and art destinations into interesting, digestible entries featuring the best mix of museums, artists' studios, murals, sculpture parks, and more, throughout the US. The compact guide to the top art destinations (and the individual artworks they feature) – from museums to outdoor murals, artist studios to sculpture parks – is for everyone who loves the arts and wants to make the most of their visits to major institutions and art sites. This jam-packed primer includes fan-favourites and well-known and important artists, as well as the best examples of art from around the world that are available to see in the United States. The designations and works are diverse in geography and media and represent contributions to the arts by an equally diverse and inclusive range of artists, as well as significant moments in the history of American art. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00

ISBN

9780847862931

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Travel Writing

Organised by geographical region, the book zeroes in on the best in every category featured in major institutions as well as off-the-beaten path places that are not to be missed, including the best Mexican murals, the best examples of WPA work, best Old Master paintings, best contemporary land art, etc. For museums, the book focuses on extraordinary collections and works, distilling thousands or artworks down to a few choice selections. In every case, the book highlights artworks people can't see anywhere else, and that are worth the trip – from the important rooms at the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York; the Ellsworth Kelly-designed chapel in Texas; prehistoric cave drawings in Utah; the Taos Pueblo and Art Colony in New Mexico; Donald Judd's Chinati Foundation in Marfa, Texas; and N.C. and Andrew Wyeth's home studios in Pennsylvania are just a few examples. Many artists and places will be household names, others not as well-known (but no less interesting or compelling). Eschewing a college textbook-like set of lists, instead each entry lays out why the reader should care.

Format

184 x 184 mm

Author Details

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

175 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

Owen Phillips wrote and art directed for the New Yorker magazine's "Goings on About Town" section for 15 years, leading its art and photography coverage including its series of self-portraits by major artists. He has launched magazines for Conde Nast , the Wall Street Journal and The Hollywood Reporter, among others. In addition to writing about art, food, architecture, and design, he is an Editorial Consultant and Content Strategist for a variety of media outlets including 429 Magazine.

Key Information • •

•

In spite of its compact size, the guide will feature hundreds of photographs that provide ample art-eye-candy for the reader who wishes to see all the works and destinations from the comfort of home. From the most important rooms at the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York to the Isamu Noguchi designed playground in Atlanta or the Gees Bend Collective of quilts in Alabama, a wide breadth of the works and destinations is featured. This guide covers the entire country, from the Ringling Museum in Florida, prehistoric cave drawings in Tennessee, Crystal Bridges Museum in Arkansas, Donald Judd's Chinati Foundation in west Texas, to Grant Wood's home studio in Iowa.

Winslow Homer House and Studio (and Portland Museum of Art) PROUTS NECK, MAINE 7 CONGRESS SQUARE PORTLAND, ME 04101

In the living room of this Arts & Crafts house on a rocky peninsula, one window frames a view of the rocky coast. Squint and you can see it: Winslow Homer’s signature is scratched in the glass. It might be a stretch to speculate that he meant to sign the view as his own work, but it wouldn’t be crazy. Homer had the former stable moved closer to the shore (and further from his brother’s house) in the 1880’s, along with adding the second floor balcony that is regarded to have been a key inspiration and vantage point for some of his greatest works. He did this after returning from a couple of years painting working people on the coast of England, a sojourn that is credited with eliminating the last vestiges of sentimentalism and crowd-pleasing color (meant to comfort viewers after the trauma of the Civil War) from his work and opened the door to his mature style. Many historic artists houses are spare in an effort to only display

objects of the original owner; Homer’s home is spare because he liked it that way. In that same living room simple day bed sits under some china plates painted by his mother, Henrietta, and some fish he taxidermied himself. It’s a zen space. But it’s about all access to the sea. Art critic Holland Cotter of the called Homer the “first great post-God landscape painter” because unlike the Hudson River School painters, the landscape and its transcendent light wasn’t a lesson in divine grace. The booming waves that crashed night and day were violence and danger and reality. That he used his skills from early days as newspaper illustrator to bring out the drama in a masterpiece like from 1883 (now at The Clark Institute, p. TK) or from 1885, doesn’t make the rocks and sea any less threatening than a great landscape-only painting like from 1895. The Maine coast inspired many artists—John Marin and Marsden Hartley, to name a few. You could travel up and down the coast and see vistas they painted—Mt. Katahim was a favorite topic of Hartley’s for instance—but at Prouts Neck specific rock formations from Homer’s paintings can still be identified on a walk along the path just below the house. For those who’ve spent time with his paintings, it can be a moment of profound connection with the artist. Homer inspired so many: N.C. Wyeth (who named

Colby College Art Museum 5600 MAYFLOWER HILL DRIVE WATERVILLE, ME 04901

The painter Alex Katz—the epitome of New York cool with his emotionally remote portraits, cropped like commercial billboards and flattened like Japanese printmakers—found himself at the school in Skowhegan, Maine in 1949 and proceeded to spend every summer until the present in a 19th-century farmhouse in Lincolnville, Maine. He became

very close to Colby College and eventually donated 400 works to what would become his own 10,000 square foot wing at the school’s America-centric museum. There are collages from his first years in the state, and the large group portraits he became known for by the 1970’s. In addition to his wife Ada, who appears to be giving him a death stare half the time, there are many faces from the high end Manhattan world he lives in (and who he often collaborated with) such as John Ashbery, Paul Taylor, Robert Creeley, and Kenneth Koch. The rest of the museum, which stretches out from a glass box guarded by Richard Serra’s 4-5-6, a

suite of stoic boxes, and lined with a three-story Sol LeWitt wall drawing (that looks spectacular through the glass at night), is not too shabby either. Thanks to robust donors, the museum houses the Lunder Collection of American Art—spanning Homer to Butterfield to Lin, not to mention 300 etchings by Whistler. Some highlights: Georgia O’Keeffe’s Lake George in Woods and Marsden Hartley’s City Point, Vinalhaven. In addition to the Katz wing, Colby has dug deep on three other artists you won’t find in such quantity anywhere else. First, a large collection of work by John Marin, who was one of the earliest Americans to play with abstraction

and a member of New York’s Stieglitz Circle (which included O’Keeffe, Edward Steichen, among others). He has the contradictory distinctions of having captured the rocky, wild coast of Maine better than almost anyone, and having influenced the Abstract Expressionists with his loose handling of oil paint (almost as if it were watercolors) and his willingness to leave canvas bare. Colby has also collected 300 prints by the painter Terry Winters (created for the most part at New York’s legendary Universal Limited Art Editions). Lesser known outside of Maine but becoming almost as ubiquitous

as the Wyeths across the state is Bernard Langlais, who was so prolific before he died in 1977, that Colby not only houses an enormous amount of it, it oversees the distribution of pieces to museums and public sites up and down the coast. Like Katz, the sculptor and woodcarver was associated with the Skowhegan School. After starting working Expressionist oils—he had a Fulbright scholarship to study Edvard Munch’s paintings in Oslo in the 1950’s—he gave painting up after playful experiments with wood while renovating his cottage in Cushing, Maine. (He’s not the only artist to find inspiration in home improvement: see David Ireland’s

500 Capp Street in San Francisco (p. TK). He showed at Leo Castelli and the Whitney Museum in the 1960’s before turning his back on the art world and focusing on creating 65 monumental animal sculptures from wood on he expanded to many acres. Colby oversees the preserve, which just opened to the public at the end of 2017, and the Langlais Art Trail, a distribution of hundreds of his works up and down the coast of Maine to small museums and public spaces.

———————— ABOVE: THIS IS A PLACEHOLDER CAPTION FOR THE OPPOSITE IMAGE.THIS IS A

#14

Olana State Historic Site 5720 ROUTE 9G HUDSON, NY 12534

Some people are enthralled by Hudson River School paintings— those lush mid-19th century paintings that romanticize the vastness of the American landscape—and some walk right by them. It’s easy to write off their overblown atmospheric effects—God’s light shining through the clouds and such—and it can be hard in the photo and video age to tap into the mindset of people for whom the unspoiled, wild landscape stood in for so many ideals. A visit to Olana can cure that skepticism. Perched on 126 acres above the river just outside of the town of Hudson, the view across to the Catskill mountains is literally where the line “Purple mountain’s majesty” in the song “America the Beautiful” came from. Frederic Church, one of the leading painters of the movement, built this Victorian mansion, with its Middle Eastern flights of decorative fancy, in the 1870’s, after already having become the equivalent of today’s “art stars”, and worked here until he died in 1900. To picture him working here, living with the landscape, day in and day out, is to get inside the painting—even though his most famous

were of South America or imagined ancient Greek and Roman ruins. Inspired by a trip to Damascus, Beirut and Jerusalem, Church worked with architect Calvert Vaux—who was simultaneously at work on all the buildings and bridges in New York City’s Central Park—to insert what he had seen into seemingly every surface of the new house. Even the window frames are a glorious mishmash of shapes from abroad. He had bought the land a decade earlier, familiar with the area from having visited his teacher, another major Hudson River School painter Thomas Cole, who lived across the river in Catskill. Tours of the home go through all the rooms, and a vision of Victorian day-to-day life forms, and enchants. The Middle Eastern motifs enliven even the most utilitarian of hallways, and the Persian windows of the open air bell tower frame the river view. During his travels Church went by camel to Petra, in Lebanon, a dangerous journey in those days— and Olana’s sitting room walls are covered in sketches and paintings of the pink sandstone cliffs there. There are several major paintings by Church on view, and there is a photo of Mark Twain when he came to visit. Olana also puts on temporary exhibitions and installations, many historical and some with contemporary artists such as a recent installation in front of the house by Teresita Fernandez and

the temporary insertion of a Chuck Close painting into the living room.

———————— ABOVE: THIS IS A PLACEHOLDER CAPTION FOR THE OPPOSITE IMAGE.THIS IS A PLACEHOLDER CAPTION FOR THE OPPOSITE IMAGE, YEAR, LOCATION, ETC.

Newcastle Central Coast & The Hunter Street Directory 8th ed UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of UBD Gregorys Newcastle Central Coast and the Hunter Street Directory has been fully revised and updated. As well as coverage for Newcastle and the Central Coast it features the following: Detailed mapping for Newcastle and Gosford, Terrigal, The Entrance, Woy Woy and Wyong at a scale of 1: 10 000. Street level mapping at a scale of 1:20 000 plus town maps for Bulahdelah, Denman, Dungog, Karuah, Muswellbrook,Scone and Singleton at the same scale. Over 4500 facilities including aged care, clubs, golf courses, hotels & motels, parks & sporting venues, theatres & wineries. Winery maps for the Lower & Upper Hunter and the Broke Fordwich regions. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$26.99 | NZ$34.99

ISBN

9780731931866

Publisher

Universal Publishers

Imprint

Regional SD

Series

No Series

Category

Travel

Format

216 x 283 mm

Extent

376pp

Illustrations

N/A

Age Range

Terms

SOR

8 New South Wales state maps and an index to towns and a range of touring information, this directory will ensure that you find your way around every inch of the region. It is an essential guide to have when living or travelling in this region.

Bathurst Dubbo Orange & Surrounds Map 282 8th ed UBD Gregory's

The latest edition of the Bathurst, Dubbo, Orange and surrounds has been fully revised and updated. It includes a regional touring map covering Coonabarabran in the north, Cowra in the south, Lithgow in the east and Forbes in the west. There is also street level mapping and indexes at a scale of !;25 000 for the towns of Bathurst Raglan, Dubbo and Orange and street level mapping at a scale of 1; 25 000 for the towns of Blayney, Canowindra, Coonabarabran, Cowra, Forbes, Gilgandra, Grenfell, Mudgee, Narromine, Parkes and Wellington. There is also a list of regional touring attractions and advertisers index. With all this information contained in this handy fold up map it is an essential tool to carry when either travelling or living in this region.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9780731931873

Publisher

Universal Publishers

Imprint

Maps

Series

Touring Map

Category

Travel

Format

690 x 1000 mm

Extent

1 map

Illustrations

N/A

Age Range

Terms

Super Chill A Year of Living Anxiously Adam Ellis From former Buzzfeed illustrator Adam Ellis comes a collection of autobiographical comics that follows a year in the artist’s life. Adam’s comics deal with weightier topics like seasonal affective disorder and struggles with self-esteem, while also touching on the silly and absurd – like his brief, but intense obsession with crystals. With a bright, positive outlook and a sense of humour, Super Chill tells a story that is both highly relatable and intensely personal.

Author Details Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Adam Ellis is a comic artist and illustrator who lives in New York City. When he's not drawing he's watching documentaries about cults and dreaming about one day owning a backyard big enough to keep chickens.

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781449491550

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Self Help

Format

203 x 165 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

Relatable humour: Like Sarah Andersen and Ruby Elliot, Adam Ellis writes about his struggles with mental health in a humorous way. His style is immediately recognisable and accessible. Adam's Instagram following alone has more than doubled since April 2017. He now has 1 million Instagram followers, 1 million Twitter followers, and 73k Facebook followers. Adam's posts on Instagram receive an average of 200k likes.

2 SuperChill_int.indd 2

6/18/18 10:24 AM

3 SuperChill_int.indd 3

6/18/18 10:25 AM

4 SuperChill_int.indd 4

6/18/18 10:25 AM

5 SuperChill_int.indd 5

6/18/18 10:25 AM

21 SuperChill_int.indd 21

6/18/18 10:25 AM

52 Small Changes for the Family Build confidence * Deepen connections * Get healthy * Increase intelligence Brett Blumenthal A proven successful format this handbook will guide any family towards making real and positive improvements to their everyday lives.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452169583

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Family/Pregnancy

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

2-colour

Age Range

Terms

Second in the series to the popular 52 Small Changes for the Mind , author Brett Blumenthal takes the successful format of making small changes every week to enact real change and uses it to create healthy habits and mindful practices for the whole family. Divided into 52 activities (one for each week of the year) aimed at targeting at least one, if not all, areas of improvement: Sharp mind, Healthy spirit, Resilient body, and Deep connections. An introduction and inspirational quote begin each activity, followed by a recommended "roadmap to success," a checklist, and sidebars to help encourage readers into seeing each activity through.

Author Details Brett Blumenthal is the bestselling author of 52 Small Changes for the Mind (2015), among other titles. Her writing has been featured in the Huffington Post , the New York Times , Wall Street Journal , Spa Magazine , Stuff Boston , American Fitness , the METRO, Darling Magazine , and Glamour , among others. Danielle Shea Tan is a mother and holistic family nutritionist. She has her Masters of Nutrition and Integrative Health and is a Certified Health Coach. Her website: healthymamas.com/

Key Information •

People tend to gravitate towards easy-to-use wellness/mindfulness books-as seen in comps like Little Book of Mindfulness and our own Eat Pretty Every Day (22.5k net sold) and 52 Small Changes for the Mind (32k).

•

Actionable, giftable, and unique, this is the type of book that Chronicle excels at! With the success of 52 Small Changes for the Mind and an established format, there is fantastic potential for a brand/series. The mindfulness/wellness category for families contain books that are text heavy and can seem intimidating-this book uses a simple and actionable format that will be accessible to a wide variety of families. The content is mainstream enough for trade but hits at a positive mindfulness trend that would resonate with specialty accounts, much like the previous book.

• • •

A HOLISTIC APPROACH

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

HOW IT WORKS

The program outlined in 52 Small Changes for Raising a Happy, Healthy

Family takes an integrated approach. At the beginning of each week’s

chapter, you’ll see an icon signifying which of the four areas the change addresses. The changes have been organized so all areas are addressed THE 52 SMALL CHANGES FOR RAISING A HAPPY, HEALTHY FAMILY

program is

throughout the 52 weeks, instead of one at a time. This will keep you

designed to encourage small yet meaningful changes that will ultimately

engaged, interested, and motivated, and allow you to comprehensively

lead you and your family to enjoy a happier, healthier lifestyle. The idea

make progress. The icons are as follows:

is simple: make one small change per week for 52 weeks, and at the end of the year, you and your children will benefit from increased men-

Sharp Mind

Healthy Spirit

two things in mind:

Resilient Body

1. Giving you and your family a year to make changes enables you to

Deep Connections

tal clarity, curiosity, and focus, better emotional balance and strength, improved physical health, and deeper connections with friends and family and, most importantly, with one another. This book is designed with

slowly integrate them over time, so they are more likely to stick for the long term.

Every twelve weeks, you’ll see the “Quarterly Changes Checklist,”

2. Although there are countless changes you can make, the changes presented in this book are small enough that they won’t be overwhelming,

which lists the changes you’ve made up until that point so you can keep track of your progress and be sure to keep integrating the changes into your lifestyle.

yet will have significant impact. Each change comes with an explanation as to why the change is import-

D D D

ant, as well as a “Path to Change,” which provides tips and recommendations to help you successfully implement the change. With each week’s success, you and your family will be inspired to move to the next week’s

LIFE AFTER THE 52 WEEKS

change so that within a year, you’ll have mastered all 52 changes.

Once you and your family complete the 52-week program, the hope is

To best support you in your journey to a healthier, happier family,

you’ll have increased mental clarity, curiosity, and focus, greater emo-

we’ve supplied tools, worksheets, and other resources in Part 3; we highly recommend you use these to stay motivated and on track throughout

tional balance and strength, improved physical health, and deeper connections with friends and family and with one another than you do today.

the program.

D D D

12 / 52 SMALL CHANGES FOR THE FAMILY

52SmallChangesForTheFamily_INT_G1-hs.indd 12-13

THE PROGRAM /

5/15/18 10:49 PM

A HAPPIER, HEALTHIER LIFESTYLE

HERE ARE SOME of the biggest benefits you and your family can look forward to:

++STRONGER FAMILY CONNECTIONS. By going through this process together as a family, you’ll grow together in new ways, developing stronger and deeper connections with one another. ++A FULLER, MORE REWARDING LIFE. Each member of your family will have more energy, strength, and mental stability, which will allow all of you— particularly the children—to thrive and perform at their best, and your family to enjoy life to the fullest and to feel great in all aspects of life. ++IMPROVED OUTLOOK. Both you and your children will have a happier, more positive outlook, which will extend into your personal relationships, work, school, extra-curricular activities, and other areas of your life. ++GROWING PAINS AND AGING. Living a healthy lifestyle means making healthy choices, staying active, and feeling energetic, at every age. As a result, children will experience fewer growing pains, and as parents, you’ll be able to keep up with your children more easily and feel younger, longer.

14 / 52 SMALL CHANGES FOR THE FAMILY

52SmallChangesForTheFamily_INT_G1-hs.indd 14-15

++GREATER SELF-ESTEEM. Taking care of yourselves allows you to feel good both physically and mentally. This directly results in a boost to self-esteem and self-confidence. ++NATURAL PREVENTION. Taking a proactive approach to living healthy today will prevent the need to be reactive tomorrow. You will ward off common, everyday sickness, as well as prevent your family from developing diseases such as diabetes, cancer, and heart disease. ++INCREASED CONTROL OF YOUR LIFE. When you and your family are

confronted with challenges, you will be better prepared, both physically and mentally, to take them on and make the best of the situation. Children will feel less overwhelmed when presented with life’s disappointments and will be able to cope more productively and effectively. ++RAISED AWARENESS. Through this process, you and your children will become highly aware of the choices you make, which will enable you to listen to your bodies and minds to know what is needed to feel best.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

‹��› BENEFITS OF

Consistently maintaining all 52 changes, however, may not always be seamless and easy. There may be times when it’s a bit challenging or your schedule and your family’s make it difficult. Life happens, so be

sure not to let slipups discourage you. Life is a constant balancing act

and requires us to make sacrifices. When you aren’t on top of everything,

remember: tomorrow is a new day. Let yourself and your family approach each day with new motivation and resolve. In the end, integrating the

prescribed changes most of the time is what’s most important for you and your children. Revisit 52 Small Changes for Raising a Happy, Healthy Family often, as it will always provide you with the basis for living a happy, healthy life. And consider making it a yearly project: when one year is completed, return to Week 1 and challenge your family to delve deeper into each of the changes!

D D D

GO YOUR OWN WAY Although we’ve designed 52 Small Changes for Raising a Happy, Healthy Family to be followed over the course of a year and with a certain progression, it is ultimately your and your family’s own personal journey. Use this program in whatever way works best for you. That said, we highly recommend you take at least a week to integrate a small change before moving on to a new one. If one change is really easy or you are already incorporating it into your lifestyle, however, feel free to move forward with a different change. Additionally, if you don’t want to use this book sequentially but prefer to go out of order, that is fine, too. We would emphasize, however, that you (1) take your time so the changes you make stick, and (2) no matter what timeline you use, be sure to incorporate all 52 changes into your and your family’s life, as they are meant to work together in concert.

D D D

THE PROGRAM /

5/15/18 10:49 PM

Sophie the Parisian Nathalie Peigney Six years after the success of the style guide Parisian Chic by Inès de la Fressange, Sophie the Parisian offers a fresher, wider, and more varied guide to French style. It is an essential and unique book dedicated to all women who recognize French women as genuine style models. This book is an appealing, pocket-size guide to French style and glamour, with over 100 practical, timely, and concrete tips and delightful photos and sketches. Sophie the Parisian doesn't take herself too seriously, and uses a well-balanced mix of charm, great taste, and irony – three typical traits of the modern French woman – to cover topics ranging from fashion to the well-being of the body, from looks to health, from cooking to decoration: everything that makes the French joie de vivre an enviable lifestyle worldwide. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00

ISBN

9788891817921

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Non Fic General

Format

210 x 152 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

150 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Nathalie Peigney holds a master's degree in Business, Administration, and Management, as well as one in Marketing from the Institut Français de la Mode (IFM). She embarked on a journey in the fashion industry, and launched her own brand in Paris. As a designer and manager, she has travelled all over the world to present her collections. Today she is a marketing consultant and journalist specialising in luxury products, male fashion, and French gastronomy. She also has a blog, Sophie the Parisian, where eight of her girlfriends and a male friend discuss the Ville Lumière and Parisian life.

Key Information •

•

• •

A dictionary with over 100 entries that covers every topic that would interest anyone wanting to achieve the fabulous French lifestyle. Each entry is defined and backed up by timely advice, supplemented by anecdotes, addresses, recipes, and useful references to other key terms. The Parisian woman is considered a female role model by definition: classical in taste, but independent and dynamic; feminine and seductive, but not vulgar; attentive to what she wears and taking care of her body, but without excessive vanity; and who has sophisticated and original but simple taste. Food lover and party-goer, she focuses on the quality of food rather than on her shape. Fond of natural beauty, and no plastic surgery, she doesn't try to hide the signs of ageing, which she wears with pride. Books on how to be and live like the Parisian woman continue to be extremely popular. Practical and easy-to-follow tips: The typically Parisian look emerging from the pages of the book actually proves to be totally attainable for the reader, a dream within the reach of any woman, thanks to practical and easy-to-follow tips and illustrations.

Baguette

“Une baguette s’il vous plaît”… Pronouncing these words will get you a fragrant and crunchy loaf of French bread straight from the oven of a Parisian boulangerie (bakery). The long, thin loaf called a baguette (literally, “stick”) is just as much an emblem of French culture as the Tour Eiffel or the painter Renoir. Not every loaf is worthy of the noble title of baguette, however. There are strict rules: nine ounces of dough, hand-rolled and shaped into a thirty-four-inch-long, two-inch-wide loaf with seven notches. Parisians have varied tastes in baguettes and different habits: a traditional baguette for everyday meals, a baguette briochée for noshing, and a multigrain or olive baguette for the weekend. There are purists who like a plain baguette spread with lightly salted butter and jam for breakfast, and those who only enjoy it with ripe Normandy Camembert cheese and a glass of Bordeaux Saint-Emilion. Gourmets love to dip it in sauce or use it in onion soup recipes. French kids dip it into soft-boiled eggs at dinner or munch it spread with a chocolate paste. Any way, the baguette is an indispensible part of French life, regardless of age, gender, or milieu. The secret to really enjoying a baguette? As soon as you step out of the bakery, break off one end of the baguette and savor it while it is still crunchy on the outside and soft and warm on the inside. It’s doubly delicious if it’s hot out of the oven!

LINKS

Cheese Foie gras • Plating • Wine • •

MY TIP

How do you recognize a good baguette? It should have a regular shape and be properly leavened. Don’t be lured by the wonderful fragrance. Since all freshly baked French bread smell mouthwateringly marvelous, that is not in itself a guarantee of top quality. The baguette par excellence must have a thin, light

Ballerina shoes MY TIP

Choose open-toe-style ballerinas, like the Cendrillon model by Repetto, the Parisian’s favorite brand, or a pair by Chloé, which are also very feminine. In the privacy of your own home, you can wear your ballerinas with a baby-doll nightie—so much more sensual and Parisian than wooly socks or Homer Simpson slippers!

It is said that in Paris, all little girls are born with ballet shoes on their feet! And if that’s not the case, as soon as they reach sixth grade their mom takes them to Bonpoint to choose their first pair. Then come classical dance lessons, with real ballerina slippers, and the dream of one day starring at the Opéra de Paris. As time passes and the little girl becomes a teenager, ballerina shoes become practically a second skin for her. Within a few years she has grown into a young lady, and here she is, running around the Ville Lumière—morning, noon, and night—clad in her ballerinas, her light and comfortable “glass slippers.” The young lady has become an authentic, chic Parisienne, nonchalant and skilled at playing with contrasts. She’s still wearing ballerina shoes, either to reinforce a given look or to attenuate it, depending on her needs, her mood, and her style. In another twenty years or so, her ballerina shoes will have become one of the basic essentials of her wardrobe. But make no mistake: though ballerinas come in every style, color, and quality, the Parisian woman is knowledgeable and has discerning taste. She’s not about to wear “just anything.”

golden brown crust. The white part of the bread should be cream colored and have a soft, moist consistency. It should have a slightly nutty aftertaste. My favourite baguette in Paris: 1. Boulangerie Gontran Cherrier, Montmartre (17th) 2. Paul, Saint Germain-des-Prés (6th) 3. Boulangerie Dupain, Bastille (11th)

HISTORY

It is said that an aging King Henri IV was nicknamed “Vert Galant” (“Gallant yet ever green”) because his many mistresses kept him “young.”

LINKS

Age Elegance • Femininity • Grayness • •

wide eyed, open mouthed, body humming with emotion and sensuality. She dreams of being Kate Winslet with Leonardo Dicaprio in Titanic. This is what the Parisian expects from a kiss: the secret essence of a French kiss is extreme motivation, complete implication, and passion. She just hates crass, sloppy, or purely mechanical kisses. Vade retro! She wants ultimate glamour. For her, a first kiss is a subtle rite, an occasion to show all her sensuality and also to find out about her partner. A bad kiss can spell the end to a love story even before it’s even begun.

Hair Like her wit and her sense of humor, a Parisian woman’s hair is one of her weapons of mass seduction. Whether it’s because of her temperament or her upbringing, the Parisian likes to highlight her best features, especially her hair, her figure, and her smile. She enjoys taking care of her hair and is willing to spend a small fortune on masks, creams, and vinegars to make it healthy and shiny. She goes for a natural look, nothing that looks fake or sprayed into place. She wants a gentle breezy movement, not “holding power.” Her hair should be well styled yet tousled for a smart casual look. Forget about weirdo looks, bizarre hair accessories, or pink streaks and tips. Hair color must be as natural as possible. A very discrete balayage with girlish golden highlights does it every time, and don’t we know it! Admit it, my dear girlfriends: who hasn’t gone into a hair salon brandishing a photo of herself as a girl and saying, “Can you give me highlights just like that?” Ponytails are still all the rage in Paris. So do all Parisian dudes dig the “good girl” look that ponytails are supposed to portray? Surveys say yes, as long its occasional—not the woman’s everyday style. Don’t blow-dry your hair too much. It dries out your hair, and who wants to look like an over-brushed Barbie doll! The Parisian prefers to let her hair dry naturally, the oldfashioned way—with a towel. 20

MY TIP

Take a look at women’s hairstyles in ads for French luxury products (for example, Aigle, Longchamp, Hermès, Louis Vuitton, Zadig & Voltaire, Lancel). You’ll notice long or shoulder-length hair—thick silky manes in movement. Take a good look at these hairstyles and see if you can copy them. And don’t forget the rules above! If you’re aiming for a Parisian look, it’s best not to go out with a scrunchie in

your hair. Instead opt for hairpins in an elegant but nonchalantly mussed chignon (bun), hide an elastic band with a strand of hair, or wear a pretty barrette. Personally, I like Alexandre de Paris “tortoise shell”–type barrettes in black or different colors. They come in black or colors. Pure class! They add a touch of elegance, and it’s easy to let just a few locks of hair slip out for a deliberately “mussed” look.

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781782439394

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

230 x 180 mm

Extent

64pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

•

Age Range

9 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information

•

This book is designed for animal lovers, doodle enthusiasts and artists of all skill levels and ages. The idea of using simple shapes to draw animals is easy and engaging, even for people having difficulty drawing. Some “how to draw” books are very obscure and serious: in contrast, How to Draw a Unicorn and Other Cute Animals is easy to understand and follow. Even if you’ve never drawn anything before, Lulu Mayo will inspire you to get started! Because of the artist’s fun and light-hearted approach, the book will appeal to animal lovers who have never picked up a pencil. Meanwhile, more experienced doodlers will love getting to grips with the cute details. Recognisable, quirky style Lulu Mayo’s adorable and instantly recognised style will resonate with audiences of all ages. From the illustrator of the Million series which has sold 310,000 copies in the US alone and the series was translated in 15 languages

UNICORN

Use these shapes to create more unicorns.

1. bean shape & oval

2. oval ear & four ovals for legs

3. cone for horn & curly hair

4. dot for eye, nose & curly tail

5. add colour.

It's your turn.

ANTEATER

Now it's your turn. Why not try a funky pattern pattern for your anteater's fur?

1. rectangle & curved triangle

2. nose, eye, two ovals for ears & long tail Collared anteater

3. four triangles for feet

Silky anteater

4. add markings on body Giant anteater

5. finish with colour.

Fill the tree with more cute and cuddly sloths.

SLOTH

1. circle & rectangle

2. long sausages for arms

hiiiiiiiiyaaaaaa... 3. add thin triangles for legs & claws

5. finish with a snazzy outfit if you like.

4. heart-shaped face & cute expression

Sketch your sloth.

Author Details Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781789290561

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

246 x 189 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

b&w illustrations

Age Range

6 and up

Terms

SOR

Oana Befort, is a Romanian-born graphic artist, freelance illustrator, wife and mother of two based in the Midwest, United States. Her mixed media illustrations are inspired by the natural world, her love of flora and fauna, folk motifs, nostalgia, sunlight and everyday life. She is a graduate of the National University of Arts in Bucharest, Romania, where she earned a Master’s Degree in Graphic Design and Visual Communication. She has previously worked with Anthropologie and Urban Outfitters and illustrated some pages for the Michael O’Mara title RHS Colouring Diary. Harry and Zanna Goldhawk are a husband and wife illustrating team working from their seaside cottage in Cornwall. They take huge inspiration from colour and nature, and split their time between illustrating beautiful books, and designing gorgeous products for their business Papio Press.

Key Information • • •

The Gold Unicorn and the Silver Unicorn

MAGICAL UNICORN COLOURING SPREADS.indd 2-3

15/06/2018 15:41

MAGICAL UNICORN COLOURING SPREADS.indd 4-5

15/06/2018 15:41

Hello, Love! Taro Miura It doesn't get much better than being together in this love-themed board book by Taro Miura. How do animals show their love? By touching trunks, beaks, and noses! The youngest of readers will delight in this board book featuring adorable pairs of goldfish, ducks, elephants, and monkeys as they splash, swim, dance, and swing the day away, all while showing affection!

Author Details Taro Miura is a renowned Japanese illustrator and the author of TOOLS and TON. He lives in Tokyo, Japan. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$12.99

ISBN

9781452170879

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

152 x 152 mm

Extent

22pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

2 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

There's no better way to say 'Welcome to the world!' than with an addition to a child's library affirming the parental bond. This book is like a little token of love, and will be embraced as a stand-alone gift or as an add-on to a baby shower offering. Cute, colourful illustrations and upbeat displays of happiness serve up commercial appeal. Featuring furry (and feathered) animals, with a focus on being together, these books are well-suited for parent/child bonding. In addition to reinforcing concepts like emotional security and unconditional love, the repetitive, read-aloud text structure also introduces rhyming and language patterns – great for early cognitive development!

Hello,Love!_INT_MechsCorrex.indd 9-10

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Greetings!

Elephants say

12/4/17 12:08 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

. . . by shaking trunks!

Hello,Love!_INT_MechsCorrex.indd 11-12

12/4/17 12:08 PM

I love you!

Hello,Love!_INT_MechsCorrex.indd 17-18

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

Mommy says

12/4/17 12:08 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

. . . by cuddling with me! Hello,Love!_INT_MechsCorrex.indd 19-20

12/4/17 12:08 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

And Daddy does, too! Hello,Love!_INT_MechsCorrex.indd 21-22

12/4/17 12:08 PM

Ultimate Spotlight: Firefighters Anne-Sophie Baumann

Flaps, pull tabs, and many other movable parts show young children just what firefighters do all day! From putting out fires to taking care of the fire trucks and rescuing people, firefighters in the city are kept very busy. Chock-full of age appropriate information, this book is an exciting introduction to the world of firefighters.

Author Details Anne-Sophie Baumann studied science and literature before becoming an editor and author. She lives near Paris, France. Benjamin Bécue is an illustrator with a degree from EPSAA (École Professionnelle Supérieure d'Arts graphiques et d'Architecture de la Ville de Paris). He mainly works in advertising, and has illustrated a number of children’s books. He lives in Montreuil, France.

Key Information • • Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU $29.99

ISBN

9791027604272

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

267 x 190 mm

Extent

14pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

4 and up

Terms

SOR

A great age appropriate introduction to the world of firefighters Over 20 moveable parts and one huge pop-up scene.

Ultimate Spotlight: Dinosaurs Sandra Laboucarie

Flaps, pull tabs, and many other movable parts show young readers an amazing world of dinosaurs! From digging for fossils and putting together dinosaur bones to identifying dinosaurs and finding out how they lived, this volume is chock-full of information and provides a fascinating introduction to the prehistoric era.

Author Details After writing for children's newspapers for many years, Sandra Laboucarie left Paris to return to Toulouse, where she now writes books for children. Deborah Pinto is an illustrator whose work has earned a well-deserved place in the publishing world. Her illustrations have appeared in books by several French publishers, including Milan, Auzou, Nathan, Bayard, Le Seuil, and Casterman.

Key Information â&#x20AC;˘ Publication

01 November 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU $29.99

ISBN

9791027604289

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

267 x 190.5 mm

Extent

14 pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

4 and up

Terms

SOR

â&#x20AC;˘

A charming visual introduction to dinosaurs and the prehistoric era. Contains full colour illustrations and plenty of moving parts!

Puzzle Masters: Star Quest Extreme Puzzle Challenges for Clever Kids This bumper book is packed full of out of this world puzzles, from colour quest reveals and mazes, to 'star-to-star' dot-to-dot puzzles. Get ready for take off … Star Quest is the third title in our Puzzle Masters series. This bumper book is packed full of out of this world puzzles, from colour quest reveals and mazes, to 'star-to-star' dot-to-dot puzzles. With cryptic clues and fun facts on the lefthand side, there’s even the opportunity to learn things you never knew about the universe. Discover amazing astronauts, the international space station, and galaxies far, far away. If you want even more of a challenge, why not time yourself completing the puzzle and write it down in the space provided. All the answers are at the back of the book. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$22.99 | NZ$24.99

ISBN

9781780555386

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

290 x 290 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

9 and up

Terms

Author Details Stuart Atkinson (Contributor) is an amateur astronomer and Outreach Educator. He has written many books on astronomy and space and been the editor/consultant on many more. Chelen Ecija (Illustrator) is an illustrator and a lettering artist based in Madrid, Spain. She has worked for numerous publishers including Penguin Random House, Scholastic or Hachette. Lauren Farnsworth (Illustrator) lives in London and has worked in publishing for over 10 years. Gareth Moore (Contributor) (B.Sc (Hons) M.Phil Ph.D) is the internationally best-selling author of a wide range of brain-training and puzzle books for both children and adults, including Antistress Puzzles, Ultimate Dot to Dot, Brain Games for Clever Kids, Lateral Logic and Extreme Mazes . His books have sold over a million copies in the UK alone, and have been published in 29 different languages. Sarah Wade (Illustrator) is a freelance designer and illustrator based in East Anglia. With more than 50 children's titles in publication, including picture, novelty and sticker books, Sarah's illustrations are enjoyed by children around the world. John Woodcock (Illustrator) is a freelance illustrator with more than 20 years working experience. With a BA Hons degree in Graphic Design from Norwich School of Art, John is the illustrator of Buster's highly successful Colour Quest series.

EX TREME PUZZLE 1

AWESOME ASTRONAUTS

12 12

12 12 12

12 12

6 6

10 10

10 12

6 7

6 1

6 6

6 6 6 4

11 6

11 11 11

7 9

7 10

9 10

11 10

10 10

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

11 11 11

11 11

10 10 10

10 10

11 10

5 11

11 11

5 11

11 11

8 5

11 10 8 10

TI ME: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 6

5 5

11 11 11 11

9 9 10 9 10

9 9

4 4 6

Over 500 women and men have been into space and more are being trained all the time.

6 6

2 5

11 9

11 11

4 4

5 5

10 12

5 4

12 12

7 12

STAR QUEST FINAL SPREADS.indd 4-5

12 12

10 7

12 12 12 12 12

11 11 12 12

In Russia, astronauts are called ‘cosmonauts’. In China, they’re called ‘taikonauts’.

6 4

5 6

11 11

11 6

6 6

11 12

11 11

12 12

Astronauts wear spacesuits, which help them breathe in the vacuum of space and protect them from space debris.

12 12

The word ‘astronaut’ comes from Greek, and means ‘star sailor’.

10 10 9

10 11

11 7

16/03/2018 14:56

EX TREME PUZZLE 2

SHUTTLE LAUNCH PAD When the Space Shuttle was in service, over 170 technicians and engineers worked on the launch pad, preparing the rocket for take off.

Astronauts made final preparations in the ‘White Room’ and would walk through the ‘orbiter access arm’ to get to the shuttle’s side hatch.

It took around a month to prepare the launch pad for a Space Shuttle launch.

During the rocket’s acceleration, the main engines would burn half a million gallons of fuel, made up of liquid hydrogen and liquid oxygen.

TI ME: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STAR QUEST FINAL SPREADS.indd 6-7

16/03/2018 14:56

Times Tables Games for Clever Kids Gareth Moore Dr A fantastic follow-up to Brain Games for Clever Kids and new to our Clever Kids puzzle book series, this book is brimming with activities designed to help kids practise their times tables by solving super-fun multiplication-themed puzzles and games. Kids can only work out the answer if they know their times tables! From dot-to-dot times tables and colour-by-multiplication activities to crack the coded multiplication, Calcudoku conundrums and building number pyramids, there's plenty of content to bamboozle the brain and test those times tables. From best-selling puzzle book author Gareth Moore, creator of the chart-topping success Brain Games for Clever Kids that has sold over 70k copies globally.

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9781780555621

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

b&w drawings and puzzles

Age Range

8 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

A new brain-boosting book from best-selling puzzle book author Gareth Moore B.Sc (Hons) M.Phil Ph.D Illustrator Chris Dickason's work is populated with rambunctious characters that are a cleverly crafted mix of an uncomplicated line style and wonky perspectives Age range from 8-12 years old.

BRAIN GAME 1

TIME

Can you form each of the given products, by choosing one number from each ring of this dartboard and then multiplying them both together? For example, you could form 14 by picking 2 from the inner ring and 7 from the outer ring.

BRAIN GAME 2

TIME

To solve this frame sudoku puzzle, place 1 to 6 once each into every row, column and bold-lined 3x2 box, just like in regular sudoku. The numbers outside the grid tell you the product of the nearest numbers in the corresponding row or column.

Here's how it works:

For instance, 6 x 2 = 12 and 1 x 6 x 5 = 30 15 4 12 15 12 4

1 2

72 30

2 6 5 3 1 4

5 24 10 3 18 4 10

6 2 4 1 3 5

4 1 3 5 2 6

4 15 12

3 5 2 6 4 1

4 30 4 10 18

30 = …………………………… 51 = …………………………… 52 = ……………………………

1 4 6 2 5 3

12 15 4

Products:

5 3 1 4 6 2

60 12

72 10 24 30 24 30

BRAIN GAME 3

TIME

To solve this diagonal multiplication puzzle, place 1 to 3 once each into every row and column. The numbers outside the puzzle tell you the product of the diagonal pointed to by the arrow.

Here's an example to show you how the puzzle works:

Can you conquer these number pyramids? Multiply the numbers on each pair of touching blocks in the bottom row (for instance, 2 x 1), then write their product in the block directly above.

2 3 1 1 2 3 3 1 2

In these diagonal lines, for instance, 3 x 3 = 9 and 1 x 3 = 3 3

1 6

BRAIN GAME 4

TIME

Word Games for Clever Kids Gareth Moore Dr A fantastic follow-up to Brain Games for Clever Kids and new to our Clever Kids puzzle book series, this book features every word puzzle and game imaginable! Encouraging kids to expand their vocabulary while having fun, from puzzling over letter soup or cracking cryptograms, to playing Pathfinders or solving sequences, there's a whole world of wordy content to bamboozle the brain. From bestselling puzzle book author Dr Gareth Moore, author of chart-topping success Brain Games for Clever Kids that has sold over 70k copies globally.

Author Details Dr Gareth Moore (B.Sc (Hons) M.Phil Ph.D) is the internationally best-selling author of a wide range of brain-training and puzzle books for both children and adults, including Antistress Puzzles, Ultimate Dot to Dot, Brain Games for Clever Kids, Lateral Logic and Extreme Mazes . His books have sold over a million copies in the UK alone, and have been published in 29 different languages. He is also the creator of online brain-training site BrainedUp.com, and runs the daily puzzle site PuzzleMix.com. Chris Dickason's work has been described as charming and visually striking with a sharp graphic style. His illustrations are populated with rambunctious characters that are a cleverly crafted mix of an uncomplicated line style, wonky perspectives and conspicuous colour choices.

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9781780554730

•

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

•

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

198 x 129 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

b&w drawings and puzzles

Age Range

8 to 12

Terms

SOR

Key Information

•

The perfect book for kids who want to improve their verbal skills with entertaining games that engage their minds. Featuring a huge range of brain-enhancing exercises designed to launch children’s vocabulary and language skills – suitable for ages ranging between 8-12 years old. Examples include wordsearches, crosswords, letter soup, pathfinders, mixed words, word pyramids, cryptograms, sequences, odd words out and soundalikes.

WORD GAME 9

TIME

Can you fit all of the listed words into the grid to make your own crossword?

3 Letters Ape Emu Era Eye Flu Hue Kid Mar Opt Ore Rue

4 Letters Club Echo Glee Limb Nest Salt

Create Engine Excuse Forbid Honest Income Indigo

5 Letters Chick Easel

7 Letters Aquatic Evening Ostrich Vanilla

6 Letters Cherry

WORD GAMES FOR CLEVER KIDS SPREADS.indd 16-17

3 LETTERS Ape Emu Era Eye Flu Hue Kid Nar Opt Ore Rue

4 LETTERS Club Echo Glee Limb Nest Salt 5 LETTERS Chick Easel

6 LETTERS Cherry Create Engine Excuse Forbid Honest Income Indigo

7 LETTERS Aquatic Evening Ostrich Vanilla

20/03/2018 13:20

WORD GAME 35

TIME

Can you build a word pyramid on the opposite page by solving the clues? When complete, each row will spell out a word that solves its corresponding clue. Starting from the top and working down, each layer of the word pyramid uses the same letters as the layer above it, plus one extra â&#x20AC;&#x201C; although they may be in a different order.

For example if the first layer was CAT then the second layer could be ACTS and the third layer could be CARTS.

Clues: 1)

A common family pet, related to both the tiger and the lion

A horse-drawn vehicle

A performer on the stage or in a film

An orange vegetable

A vehicle that a farmer might use

1 C A T

2 A C T S

3 C A R T S WORD GAMES FOR CLEVER KIDS SPREADS.indd 46-47

20/03/2018 13:21

WORD GAME 48

TIME

This crossword is different as instead of normal clues, an anagram of each solution word is given. An anagram is a word that can be made by rearranging the letters of another word. Rearrange the letters in each clue to reveal the correct word to write in the grid.

Hidden somewhere in the word net below is the word 'WORDS'. Use your brain power to find it! Start at one of the letter 'W's and connect the letters until you have spelled out the whole word. You can only travel along the connecting lines and you can't use the same letter more than once. W

To see how it works take a look at this solved example puzzle where ‘WORDS’ has been spelled out:

1 2

WORD GAME 49

TIME

D W

R S

S W

W S

R D

O O

W S

R R

WORD GAMES FOR CLEVER KIDS SPREADS.indd 60-61

2. AGRSS (5) 4. ACCELNO (7) 5. KNRTU (5)

Across

W O

Down

1. UMLICCA (7) 2. TSOHG (5) 3. SNKCA (5)

20/03/2018 13:21

Dr Maggie's Grand Tour of the Solar System Maggie Aderin-Pocock OBE Join Dr Maggie Aderin-Pocock (a space scientist and science communicator) as she embarks on a fascinating tour of the Solar System. Visit the most magnificent sights and spectacles outer space has to offer. From the celestial bodies that surround us and their incredible characteristics, to the many moons, asteroids, comets, space stations and satellites that hover beyond the stratosphere, this epic tour leaves no question unanswered and no meteorite unturned. Just how much would it cost to colonise Mars? What sort of Alien would live on Uranus? Could a terrestrial animal survive on the blistering-hot surface of Venus? What does the future of space travel have to offer and where are we going next? Dr Maggie’s Grand Tour of the Solar System takes readers on the trip of a light-speed lifetime – from the proximity of the surface of our very own planet to the furthest sectors of the Solar System, including 90377 Sedna, an icy minor planet more than 13 billion kilometres away. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781780555751

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Buster Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

246 x 189 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Full colour

Age Range

9 and up

Terms

SOR

Author Details Dr Maggie Aderin-Pocock is a space scientist whose passion is presenting science to a general audience and demonstrating that you ‘don’t need a brain the size of a small planet’ to understand, participate in and enjoy science. Her programme 'Do We Really Need the Moon?' (BBC 2), which explored our intimate relationship with the moon, showed just that. The programme earned Maggie the talkback Thames new talent award at the prestigious Women in Film and TV Awards in December 2011. She went on to present a follow up 'Do We Really Need Satellites?' (also BBC 2) and was one of the Scientists on Channel 4’s 'Brave New World' as well as regular stints on 'The One Show'. She is currently presenting the new series of 'Sky At Night' on BBC 4 and Mini Stargazing for Cbeebies.

Key Information •

•

Dr Maggie Aderin-Pocock is a pioneering figure in communicating science to the public, specifically school children, and also runs her own company, Science Innovation Ltd, which engages children and adults all over the world with the wonders of space science. STEM is a hot topic in education!

IE DR MAGG VICE!

T R AV E L O M E T E R

000000000001 L I G H T Y E A R S T R AV E L L E D

AT YOUR SER

Space travel is incredibly expensive. The Apollo space program that explored the Moon is thought to have cost more than $20 billion – and that was all the way back in the 1960s!

I’m a space scientist with a BIG desire to leave the gravitational pull of Earth and travel around the solar system. I’ve spent my ENTIRE life looking for ways to get out there – but so far, no good!

So why did I get the space bug so bad? Well, it was a fantastically exciting time for space exploration when I was growing up. The Space Race was on, the first humans had explored the Moon, and probes and satellites were travelling further and further into space ...

The equivalent cost today would be around SEVEN times that amount. It would take me many lifetimes to save up that much! I needed a better plan to make my own space mission happen. My inspiration came when I was reading about the scientist Albert Einstein. (You know the one – crazy hair, German, far-out ideas.) Einstein used 'thought experiments' instead of actual experiments to test his theories. For example, to test his theory of special relativity, Einstein IMAGINED what travelling on a beam of light would be like. I'd found the answer! If Einstein can use his imagination to make things happen (for free), so can I – and YOU can come with me. We can travel to the edge of the solar system and be back in time for tea.

ALBERT EINSTEIN

E H T

r u O L o : cal S N t U

Approaching the Sun, we are bathed in an array of radiation waves – be careful, several are very harmful to humans. The waves range from high-energy x-rays and gamma rays to lower energy types, such as radio waves and infra-red light.

Destination planner From: the Moon

Our space craft is heading away from the Moon towards the centre of our solar system. It will be a dangerous journey, even though we're travelling by thought.

To: the Sun

Distance: 150 million kms Journey times:

minutes

years

177

by light wave

by aeroplane

by car

years

To add to the danger, the Sun isn’t just the brightest object

Dazzle factor: Highest in the Solar System UV index: Astronomical NEVER look directly at the Sun!

PHOTO HIGHLIGHT AHEAD

SOLAR FLARES

NO FLASH REQUIRED

A solar flare is a sudden bright flash on the Sun's surface. It throws out clouds of matter and sends huge amounts of energy into space.

in our solar system,

its UV level is lethal!

We’d burn up if we got too close. The heat at the Sun’s outer layers measures around 6,000oC – equivalent to the temperature of molten volcanic lava on Earth. The Sun’s core is ten thousand times hotter.

URANUS:

a planet on its side

The Sun looks smaller, like a very bright star, this far out in the solar system. It is much darker here – only a quarter of the sunlight we have on Earth reaches Uranus.

To SPACE

Our craft is passing through the outer layers of the atmosphere. A pale blue gas – mostly hydrogen and helium – surrounds us. We’re in the coldest atmosphere in the solar system. Temperatures can

27 MOONS

Travelling closer, we need to avoid the planet’s 27 moons. They are all named after characters in Shakespeare plays. The largest of them, Titania, is the eighth biggest moon in the solar system.

Approaching this mysterious planet, we see a beautiful sphere. It is an amazing shade of aquamarine and is still and calm.

PR P A THE

THE DES CEN T

H OAC

drop as low as -224°C.

Moving down, the atmosphere becomes thick and cloudy with water, ammonia and methane. It gets warmer as we near the planet’s surface.

Suddenly we enter a slush ocean! The charged particles whizzing around in this ocean are thought to inﬂuence

Uranus has a strong gravitational pull and scientists think it may have captured some of its moons from the nearby Kuiper Belt.

THIS WAY UP

Look closely and you will notice something unusual. Unlike any other planet in the solar system, Uranus spins on its side. It’s possible that a huge collision knocked it over soon after it formed.

Uranus’s magnetic ﬁeld.

The pressures are so high in the planet’s inner regions that we may be pelted by diamond rain! This is because the extreme pressure squeezes the carbon found here, turning it into falling diamonds. Ouch!

SURFACE OF URANUS 17

Book of Ingeniously Daring Chemistry Sean Connolly From Sean Connolly, the master of messy and dangerous (and therefore extra fun!) science, more than 20 hands-on experiments that introduce kids to chemistry, element by element. Journey through the periodic table of elements – all you need is some adrenaline-pumping curiosity, a sense of adventure, and a well-stocked pantry! From Sean Connolly, the master of messy and dangerous science books – which together have 615,000 copies in print – comes an introduction to chemistry for kids age 9 and up, a perfect addition to his STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Math) titles. Each fully illustrated chapter focuses on a single element—first describing its properties, how it was discovered, and even its potential danger level. Then easy-to-follow experiments help readers put their newfound knowledge into action by using everyday household ingredients such as light bulbs, eggs, and fridge magnets.

Sodium: Make “hot ice” by crystallising vinegar and baking soda into sodium acetate. Neon: See how this gas emits light by powering a light bulb with static electricity. Iron: Submerge steel wool in vinegar to see how this metal oxidises. And phosphorus : Play cat detective by using ultraviolet light to locate bad cat smells! Elements are the building blocks of our world

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Hardback

– and The Book of Ingeniously Daring Chemistry is a building block to our understanding them.

Price

AU$29.99

Author Details

ISBN

9780761180104

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

232 x 140 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

2-colour with photos and illustrations throughout

Age Range

9 to 14

Terms

Sean Connolly is the author of The Book of Totally Irresponsible Science, The Book of Potentially Catastrophic Science, and The Book of Perfectly Perilous Math, and dozens of other books for both children and adults. A father of three, he is in an ideal position to explain the nuts and bolts of these experiments.

Key Information •

• •

STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Math) is a hot-button topic in education, and it's made engaging and fun with hands-on experiments and a dash of danger. These 24 experiments introduce the periodic table to kids, with each chapter focused on a single element and including an experiment to put new knowledge into action. Connolly's previous science books have more than 615,000 copies in print and are favourites in book fairs as well as in bricks-and-mortar retailers. This new book hits his sweet spot: hands-on science with a dash of daring. The elements are the building blocks of everything in our world. In this book, that big idea is made accessible through clear language and experiments that use everyday household ingredients: light bulbs, potatoes, and more.

Animal Number Crunch Camilla de la Bedoyere

Animal Number Crunch! is a snappily written, fact-packed overview of the world of animals, bursting with colourful, punchy data graphics and high-impact artworks. It's guaranteed to contain all the essential info that young animal fans need to know: how big they are, what they eat, how fast they can run, how many teeth they have, and where in the world they live. Each piece of data is based around a number, creating an entire book of easy-to-digest information that will hook the most reluctant of readers.

Author Details Camilla de la Bedoyere has written more than 200 books for children and adults, many of which explore the natural world. She is a freelance journalist and created and edited a children's page in a British national newspaper. Camilla is also a literacy teacher working with children and young people who find reading difficult. She is a Fellow of the Zoological Society of London. Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783124183

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non-fiction

Format

251 x 191 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Full-colour infographics

Age Range

7 and up

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

Comprehensive coverage, featuring all the key animal facts and stats you need to know from mega minibeasts to the most fabulous flyers and the most incredible animal builders. Each snappily written infographic is number-based. A perfect book for reluctant readers – amazing facts and records about a high-interest topic, presented as dynamic infographics . Colourful layouts also include all-action illustrations.

Dinosaur Number Crunch Kevin Pettman

Dinosaur Number Crunch! is a snappily written, fact-packed overview of the world of dinosaurs, bursting with colourful, punchy data graphics and high-impact artworks. It contains all the essential info that dinosaur fans aged 8 and up need to know: where they lived, what they ate, how big they were, how fast they could run, how many teeth they had and their key weapons. Each piece of data is based around a number, creating an entire book of easy-to-digest information that will hook even the most reluctant of readers.

Author Details Kevin Pettman has been a writer and editor for more than 15 years. He has created books and magazines on a variety of subjects, from football to history, computer games to cycling and motoring to science. He has worked with brands such as Top Gear, Match of the Day, LEGO and Horrible Histories.

Key Information • Publication

01 December 2018

•

Binding

Flexibound

•

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783123636

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non-fiction

Format

251 x 191 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

Full colour infographics and artworks

Age Range

7 and up

Terms

SOR

• •

Most teeth, toughest armour, fastest hunter, head-to-head dinosaur match-ups and much more – every page of this book is a treasure trove of dinosaur data. Each snappily-written infographic is number based. Truly comprehensive coverage, featuring all the key dinosaur facts and stats you need to know from the dawn of the Triassic period 230 million years ago to their extinction 65 million years ago. A perfect book for reluctant readers – amazing facts and records about a high-interest topic, presented as dynamic infographics. Latest book in The Number Crunch Series.

Unicorns & Magical Horses Katherine Roberts Saddle up for this sparkling collection of magical horse stories. From shy moonlit unicorns, to brave winged stallions, there is enchantment and adventure in store – plus enticing spells, fairy charms and secret surprises.

Author Details Katherine Roberts won the Branford Boase Award in 2000 for her first children's book Song Quest. She has since written many books for children including I am the Great Horse, which was longlisted for the 2008 Carnegie Medal, as well as numerous fantasy and science fiction stories for adults. She worked with racehorses for 10 years and still enjoys riding for pleasure.

Key Information Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9781783123681

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Fiction

Format

228 x 262 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

6 and up

Terms

SOR

• Open the magical stable door on a collection of classic myths featuring unicorns and horses. • The bewitching mix of fiction and imaginative make-believe play is ideal for young horse-lovers the world over. • Features stunning, whimsical artwork to stimulate the imagination. • The theme of horses, particularly magical ones, is an enduring classic for young girls.

Unicorn Creativity Book Unicorns are mythical creatures with a huge popular following, from toys and characters to ice-cream flavouring. They are associated with all things rainbow coloured, sweet, and pretty. Packed with gorgeous illustrations and activities based around these fabled creatures, this book is a must-have for all young unicorn lovers. Puzzles, games, activities, 150 stickers and a stencil sheet make this an unbeatable activity book package at a competitive price.

Key Information • • • •

Publication

01 December 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$18.99

ISBN

9781783123841

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

300 x 240 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

6 and up

Terms

SOR

This activity book includes the following special items: Two sticker pages containing over 150 stickers A sheet of stencils that can be easily removed from the book, so that even young artists can draw their favourite unicorns Unicorn-themed art paper that can be pulled out and used at home for makes and a personalised door hanger